Attached files

file filename
EX-32.2 - EX-32.2 - Community Choice Financial Inc.a15-23332_1ex32d2.htm
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - Community Choice Financial Inc.a15-23332_1ex32d1.htm
EX-21.1 - EX-21.1 - Community Choice Financial Inc.a15-23332_1ex21d1.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - Community Choice Financial Inc.a15-23332_1ex31d1.htm
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - Community Choice Financial Inc.a15-23332_1ex31d2.htm

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2015

 

or

 

o         TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from           to

 

Commission File No. 001-35537

 

COMMUNITY CHOICE FINANCIAL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Ohio

 

45-1536453

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(IRS Employer Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

 

 

 

 

 

6785 Bobcat Way, Suite 200, Dublin, Ohio

 

43016

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (614) 798-5900

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer o

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer x

 

Smaller reporting company o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o  No x

 

There is no market for the registrant’s equity.

 

The number of shares of the registrant’s classes of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was: 8,981,536 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

 

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

4

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

16

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

37

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

37

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

37

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

38

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

38

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

39

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

40

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

58

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

59

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

100

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

100

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

100

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

101

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

104

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

118

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

120

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

121

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

123

 

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the “Company,” “CCFI,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Community Choice Financial Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Certain statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, other than historical facts, are forward-looking statements (as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the regulations thereunder), which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created thereby. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements as to:

 

·                  the Company’s expected future results of operations;

·                  economic conditions;

·                  the Company’s business and growth strategy;

·                  fluctuations in quarterly operating results;

·                  the integration of acquisitions;

·                  statements as to liquidity and compliance with debt covenants;

·                  the effects of terrorist attacks, war and the economy on the Company’s business;

·                  expected increases in operating efficiencies and cost savings;

·                  estimates of intangible asset impairments and amortization expense of customer relationships and other intangible assets;

·                  the effects of legal proceedings, regulatory investigations and tax examinations;

·                  the effects of new accounting pronouncements and changes in accounting guidance; and

·                  statements as to trends or the Company’s or management’s beliefs, expectations and opinions.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “guidance,” “potential,” “continue,” “project,” “forecast,” “confident,” and similar expressions are typically used to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by the Company’s management in light of their experience and their perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of the Company’s future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties and may be affected by various factors that may cause actual results, developments and business decisions to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that may cause actual results, developments and business decisions to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:

 

·                  risks related to the Company’s ability to grow internally;

·                  risks related to the Company’s ability to compete;

·                  risks related to the Company’s substantial indebtedness, its ability to service such debt and its ability to comply with debt covenants;

·                  risks related to the Company’s ability to incur additional debt;

·                  risks related to the Company’s ability to refinance its current indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, if at all;

·                  risks related to the Company’s ability to meet liquidity needs;

·      risks related to the Company’s ability to execute fully on cost savings initiatives;

·                  risks associated with acquisition integration;

·                  the risk that the Company will not be able to realize operating efficiencies in the integration of its acquisitions;

·                  risks related to fluctuations in quarterly operating results and cashflow;

·                  the risk that the Company will not be able to improve margins;

·                  risks related to changes in or new government regulations;

·                  risks related to the discontinuance of banking or merchant processing relationships;

·                  risks related to possible impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets;

·                  risks related to litigation, regulatory investigations and tax examinations;

·                  risks related to negative perception of our business;

·                  risks related to our abilitiy to attract new customers;

·                  risks related to our concentration in certain markets;

·                  risks related to our reliance on third party product or service providers;

·                  risks related to our use of and reliance on consumer credit information and errors in our underwriting models;

·                  risks related to the Company’s dependence on senior management;

·                  risks related to security and privacy breaches;

·                  risks associated with technology;

·                  risks related to the availability of qualified employees;

·                  risks related to reliance on independent telecommunications service providers;

·                  risks related to possible future terrorist attacks;

·                  risks related to natural disasters or the threat or outbreak of war or hostilities;

·                  risks that our controlling shareholders’ interest may conflict with the interests of other investors;

·                  risks that our business may suffer if our trademarks or service marks are infringed;

·                  risks that our insurance coverage limits are inadequate, or increases in our insurance costs impact profitability or we suffer losses due to one or more of our insurance carriers defaulting on their obligations; and

·                  risks that adverse real estate market fluctuations could affect our profits.

 

The Company can give no assurance that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them do occur, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition. The Company disclaims any intent or obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, regardless of whether new information becomes available, future developments occur or otherwise. For additional information concerning the risks that affect us, see “Part I. — Item 1A. Risk Factors” of this Report on Form 10-K.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.                                            BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. (“CCFI”) is a holding company and conducts substantially all of its business operations through its subsidiaries.  Those subsidiaries are leading providers of alternative financial services to unbanked and underbanked consumers through a network of 525 retail storefronts across 15 states and are licensed to deliver similar financial services over the internet in 30 states. We focus on providing a wide range of convenient consumer financial products and services to help customers manage their day-to-day financial needs, including consumer loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, money transfers, bill payments, insurance, and money orders. Although the majority of our customers have banking relationships, we believe that our customers use our financial services because they are convenient, easy to understand, and, in many instances, more affordable than available alternatives.

 

Whether through our internet platform or retail locations, we strive to provide customers with unparalled customer service. Our internet platform is easy to use and provides an alternative for customers who may prefer the convenience and benefits of the internet. Our retail locations are located in highly visible, accessible locations that allow customers convenience and immediate access to our services. Our professional work environment combines high employee performance standards, incentive-based pay and a wide array of training programs to incentivize our employees to provide superior customer service.

 

We serve the large and growing market of individuals who have limited or no access to traditional sources of consumer credit and financial services. A study published in 2013, conducted by the FDIC, indicates that 27.7% of U.S. households are either unbanked or underbanked, representing approximately 67.6 million adults. As traditional financial institutions increase fees for consumer services, such as checking accounts and debit cards, and tighten credit standards as a result of economic and other market driven developments, consumers have looked elsewhere for less expensive and more convenient alternatives to meet their financial needs. According to a 2014 report from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, total consumer credit outstanding has declined $1.4 trillion from its peak in the third quarter of 2008 through 2013. This contraction in the supply of consumer credit has resulted in significant unmet demand for consumer loan products.

 

Our Customers

 

We serve a large and growing demographic group of customers by providing services to help them manage their day-to-day financial needs. Our customers are primarily working-class, middle-income individuals. Based on third-party market surveys, we believe the following about our customers:

 

·                  they have an average annual household income between $20,000 and $50,000, with approximately 17% in excess of $50,000;

 

·                  over 70% are under the age of 45;

 

·                  over 50% are between 25 and 44 years of age;

 

·                  approximately 50% are male;

 

·                  approximately 50% have attended at least some college;

 

·                  over 95% have access to the internet;

 

·                  over 70% own a home computer;

 

·                  over 55% have access to a computer in the workplace; and

 

·                  approximately 75% have access to a checking account and choose to use our services as a means of managing their financial needs.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Our customers generally are underserved or unserved by the traditional banking system and choose alternative solutions to gain convenient and immediate access to cash, consumer loans, prepaid debit cards, money transfers, bill payments, insurance, and money orders.  We believe that our customers use our financial services because they are quick, convenient and, in many instances, more affordable than available alternatives. Additionally, we provide them with a safe, welcoming environment to use our services.

 

Locations and Operations

 

The following map illustrates the geography of our licensed operations as of December 31, 2015.

 

GRAPHIC

 

We typically locate our stores in highly visible and accessible locations, such as shopping centers and free-standing buildings in high-traffic shopping areas. Other nearby retailers are typically grocery stores, restaurants, drug stores and discount stores. Substantially, all of our stores are leased. Our stores, on average, occupy approximately 1,923 square feet. We are focused on increasing the customer’s awareness of each of our brands by using uniform signage for each brand and store design at each location. We currently operate stores under the following brands:

 

·                  CheckSmart;

 

·                  Buckeye CheckSmart;

 

·                  California Check Cashing Stores;

 

·                  1st Loans Financial;

 

·                  Cash 1 (pursuant to a license agreement);

 


(1)           See “Subsequent Events” on page 99 for a discussion of the transaction that resulted in the disposition of 43 Florida retail locations effective February 1, 2016.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

·                  Cash & Go;

 

·                  First Virginia;

 

·                  Buckeye Title Loans;

 

·                  Easy Money; and

 

·                  Check Cashing USA.

 

Our stores are typically open earlier and later than other financial service providers to service customers at hours most convenient to them.  Additionally, 27 of our stores are open 24 hours a day.

 

To complement our retail stores we are licensed to offer financial services through our internet operations in Alabama, Alaska, California, Delaware, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. In the third quarter of 2015, the Company ceased all international operations in order to focus on its domestic operations.

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our stores and internet operations for the three-year period ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015 (1)

 

# of Locations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of Period

 

491

 

516

 

530

 

Opened

 

29

 

25

 

31

 

Closed

 

4

 

11

 

36

 

End of Period

 

516

 

530

 

525

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of states served by our internet operations

 

24

 

24

 

30

 

 


(1)                                 See “Subsequent Events” on page 99 for a discussion of the transaction that resulted in the disposition of 43 Florida retail locations effective February 1, 2016.

 

Products and Services

 

We offer several convenient, fee-based services to meet the needs of our customers, including short-term and medium-term consumer loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, money transfers, bill payments, money orders, international and domestic prepaid phone cards, tax preparation, auto insurance, motor vehicle registration services and other ancillary retail financial services.

 

Our business is seasonal based on the liquidity and cash flow needs of our customers.  See “Seasonality” on page 55 for a further discussion of this seasonal effect.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

The following chart reflects the major categories of services that we currently offer and the revenues from these services for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 

 

Consumer Loans.  We offer a variety of consumer loan products and services which we believe our customers find to be convenient, transparent and lower-cost alternatives to other, more expensive options, such as incurring returned item fees, credit card late fees, overdraft or overdraft protection fees, utility late payments, disconnect and reconnect fees and other charges imposed by other financing sources when they do not have sufficient funds to cover unexpected expenses or other needs.  Our customers often have limited access to more traditional sources of consumer credit, such as credit cards.

 

The specific consumer loan products we offer vary by location, but generally include the following types of consumer loans:

 

·                  Short-Term Consumer Loans.  Short-term consumer loans can be unsecured or secured with a maturity up to ninety days. Unsecured short-term products are consumer loans that typically range in size from $100 to $1,000, whereby a customer receives proceeds, typically in exchange for a post-dated personal check or a pre-authorized debit from his or her bank account. We offer or facilitate this product over the internet and in 497 of our 525 stores. We, as the lender or third party lender, agree to defer deposit of the check or initiation of the debit from the customer’s bank account until the mutually agreed upon due date, which typically falls near the customer’s next payday. Principal amounts of our short-term consumer loans can be up to $5,000 and averaged approximately $384 during 2015. Fees charged vary from state to state, generally ranging from $8 to $18 per $100 borrowed. Secured short-term products are asset-based loans whereby the customer obtains cash and grants a security interest in collateral and the loan may be secured with a lien on the collateral. Secured loans with a maturity of 90 days or less are included in this category and represent 17.7% of short-term consumer loans at December 31, 2015.

 

·                  Medium-Term Consumer Loans.  In meeting our customers’ financial needs, we also offer unsecured and secured medium-term consumer loans. Principal amounts of unsecured medium-term products typically range from $100 to $5,000 and have maturities between three months and 36 months. These consumer loans vary in their structure in order to conform to the specific regulatory requirements of the various jurisdictions in which they are offered. The consumer loans may have an installment repayment plan or provide for a line of credit with periodic monthly payments. We offer these consumer loans over the internet and in 245 of our 525 stores. Secured medium-term products typically range from $750 to $5,000 and are asset-based consumer loans whereby the customer obtains cash and grants a security interest in collateral and consumer may be secured with a lien on collateral. Secured consumer loans with a maturity greater than 90 days are included in this category and represent 13.7% of medium-term consumer loans at December 31, 2015.

 

Our consumer loan products are authorized by statute or rule in the various states in which we offer them and are subject to extensive regulation. The scope of that regulation, including the terms on which consumer loans may be made, varies by jurisdiction. The states in which we offer consumer loan products generally regulate the maximum allowable fees and other charges to consumers

 

7



Table of Contents

 

and the maximum amount of the consumer loan, maturity and renewal or extension terms of these consumer loans. Some of the states in which we operate impose limits on the number of consumer loans a customer may have outstanding or on the amount of time that must pass between consumer loans. To comply with the laws and regulations of the states in which consumer loan products are offered, the terms of our consumer loan products must vary from state to state.

 

As of December 31, 2015, our gross receivable for short-term and medium-term consumer loans was $155.3 million. We analyze the loan loss provision and our loan loss allowance in order to determine whether our estimates of such allowance are adequate for each of our consumer loan products. Our analysis is based on our understanding of our past loan loss experience, current economic conditions, volume and growth of our consumer loan portfolios, timing of maturity, as well as collections experience.

 

Consumer loan products, including short-term and medium-term consumer loans, accounted for 69.8% and 61.6% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

 

Credit Service Fees.  The Company offers a fee-based credit service program (“CSO Program”) to assist consumers in obtaining credit in certain markets through limited agency agreements with unaffiliated third-party lenders. The agreements govern the terms by which the Company refers customers to that lender, on a non-exclusive basis, for a possible extension of credit, processes loan applications and commits to reimburse the lender for any loans or related fees that were not collected from such customers. Credit service fees accounted for 8.0% and 20.2%, respectively, of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. The increase in percentage of revenue in 2015 is primarily due to the introduction of the CSO program in certain markets in the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

Check Cashing.  We offer check cashing services in 483 of our 525 stores. Prior to cashing a check, our customer service representatives verify the customer’s identification and enter the payee’s tax identification number and the payer’s bank account information in our internal, proprietary databases, which match these fields to prior transactions in order to mitigate our risk of loss.  Subject to appropriate approvals, we accept all forms of checks, including payroll, government, tax refund, insurance, money order, cashiers’ and personal checks. Our check cashing fees vary depending upon the amount and type of check cashed, applicable state regulations and local market conditions.

 

Check cashing accounted for 15.4% and 11.9%, respectively, of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

Prepaid Debit Card Services. We offer access to reloadable prepaid debit cards that provide our customers with a convenient and secure method of accessing their funds in a manner that meets their individual needs. The cards are provided by Insight Card Services LLC, or Insight, and our stores serve as distribution points where customers can purchase cards as well as load funds onto and withdraw funds from their cards. Customers can elect to receive check cashing proceeds on their cards without having to worry about security risks associated with carrying cash. The cards can be used at most places where MasterCard® or Visa® branded debit cards are accepted. These cards offer our customers the ability to direct deposit all or a portion of their payroll checks onto their cards, the benefit of an optional overdraft program, the ability to receive real-time wireless alerts for transactions and account balances, and the availability of in-store and online bill payment services.

 

Prepaid debit card services accounted for 1.5% and 1.7%, respectively, of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

Other Products and Services.  Introducing new products into our markets has historically created profitable revenue expansion. Other products and services offered through our stores include money transfer, bill payment, money orders, insurance, and, international and domestic prepaid phone cards. Additionally, in certain states we provide customers with access to tax preparation services and an automotive insurance program.  These other products and services provide revenues and help drive additional traffic to our stores, resulting in increased volume across all of our product offerings. Revenue from other products and services, and collections surcharges are included in Other income, which accounted for 5.3% and 4.6%, respectively, of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

Advertising and Marketing

 

Our marketing efforts are designed to promote our product and service offerings, create customer loyalty, introduce new customers to our brands and create cross-selling opportunities.  In most of our markets, we utilize mass-media advertising including flyers, direct mail, outdoor advertising, internet advertising, including search engine optimization, and leads acquired from third party lead generation sources, yellow pages and radio and television advertising. We also utilize point-of-purchase materials in our retail locations and in-store marketing programs and promotions.  Local marketing initiatives include sponsorship and participation in local events and charity functions to enhance brand awareness.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

We develop our marketing strategies based in part on results from consumer research and data analysis and from insights gained from phantom-shopper programs. We are continuously testing new ways of communicating and promoting our products and services, which include direct mail, online advertising, text messaging, print advertising, and telemarketing and enhanced bilingual communications.

 

Employees & Training

 

As of December 31, 2015, we had 3,356 employees.  Our employees are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced any organized work stoppage, strike, or labor dispute.

 

Customer service associates, store managers, district managers, regional managers and regional vice presidents must complete formal training programs. Those training programs include:

 

·                  management training programs that cover employee hiring, discipline, retention, sexual harassment, compensation, equal employment opportunity compliance and leadership;

 

·                  an annual operations conference, which is state specific, with all regional vice presidents, regional managers, district managers and store managers, and which covers topics such as customer service, loss reduction, safety and security, better delivery of services and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, human resources policies and procedures and leadership development;

 

·                  the use of a web-based training tool to augment our on-the-job training, and effectively deliver and document our mandatory annual consumer compliance, anti-money laundering and suspicious activity reporting training and testing;

 

·                  new operations employee training which consists of online and on-the-job training with experienced operations employees for a minimum of six weeks; and

 

·                  multiple programs in place to identify and develop exceptional store, district and regional managers.

 

Our national training coordinator and director of internal monitoring also coordinate on-going training for operations employees to review compliance, security and customer service.

 

Our employees undergo a criminal background check, a process whereby we confirm that the social security number provided by the prospective employee matches the name of the employee, prior employment verification, and an interview process before employment. We maintain a compensation and career path program to provide employees with competitive pay rates and opportunities for advancement. We offer a complete and competitive benefits package to attract and retain employees.

 

Technology & Information Systems

 

We utilize centralized management information systems to support our customer service strategy and manage transaction risk, collections, internal controls, record keeping, compliance, and daily reporting functions. In retail store locations, our management system incorporates commercial, off-the-shelf point-of-sale (POS) systems customized to our specific requirements. Our POS systems are complemented by proprietary systems to enhance reporting and operational capabilities.

 

Our retail POS systems are licensed in all stores and record and monitor the details of every transaction, including the service type, amount, fees, employee, date/time, and actions taken, which allows us to provide our services in a standardized and efficient manner in compliance with applicable regulations.  Transaction data is recorded in our accounting system daily.

 

We operate a wide area data communications network for our stores that has reduced customer waiting times, increased reliability and has allowed the implementation of new service enhancements. Each store runs Windows operating systems with a four to ten PC network that is connected to our corporate headquarters using a broadband or T1 connection.

 

Our corporate data center consists of database servers, application servers, and storage area network devices supporting our management information system, configured for redundancy and high availability. Our primary data processing operations run in a state-of-the-art off-site co-location facility. We also maintain an on-site data center at our headquarters which would be used as a backup site for disaster recovery. This maximizes the availability of centralized systems, optimizes up-time for store operations, and eliminates our corporate office as a single point of failure in case of disaster. We maintain and test a comprehensive disaster recovery plan for all critical information systems. We have also contracted with a disaster recovery facility to provide workspaces, computers, and connectivity to our data center for 100 employees in case our headquarters becomes unavailable due to disaster.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Our online lending operations are handled through proprietary and commercial software that gives the customer a consistent experience online. The software records lending transactions, handles customer reporting, and the analysis and management of our loan portfolio.

 

The primary processing systems for our internet lending operations are located in an off-site, state-of-the-art co-location data center facility. These systems are linked to our primary operations center via a high bandwidth connection.  This internet operations center houses systems that support the back office operations.

 

Collections

 

Collection efforts are performed in call centers in Ohio and Utah, enabling maximum efficiency and ensuring the application of standardized procedures and controls.  Collection practices comply with, as applicable, the stricter of federal or state regulations or industry best practices set forth by the trade associations of which we are members.  Depending upon the product, initial collection efforts are coordinated between the internal collection division and the retail location originating the loans.  As the receivable ages, collection responsibility shifts solely to the collections division.  The collections department attempts to resolve the account by communicating with consumers via letters and telephone calls.  If recovery efforts prove unsuccessful, the obligation may be sent to a third-party collections agency, sold, or, with respect to secured loans, we may attempt repossession on the applicable collateral securing such loans.  All recovery vendors undergo extensive initial and ongoing diligence and oversight as part of our network.

 

Security

 

Employee safety is critical to us. Nearly all of our retail store employees work behind bullet-resistant acrylic and reinforced partitions, and have security measures that include a time-delay equipped safe, an alarm system monitored by a third party, and personal panic buttons for each of our tellers. Many of our stores also have multi-camera DVR systems with remote access capability, teller area entry control, perimeter opening entry detection, and tracking of all employee movement in and out of secured areas. Training on security measures is part of each annual state meeting.

 

Our business requires our stores to maintain a significant supply of cash. We are therefore subject to the risk of cash shortages resulting from employee and non-employee theft, as well as employee errors. Although we have implemented various programs to reduce these risks and provide security for our facilities and employees, these risks cannot be eliminated. From 2013 through 2015, our annual uncollected cash shortages from employee errors and from theft were, in the aggregate, less than 0.15% of revenue.

 

Our POS system allows management to detect cash shortages on a daily basis. In addition to other procedures, district managers and our internal monitoring staff conduct audits of each store’s cash position and inventories on an unannounced and random basis. Professional armored carriers provide the daily transportation of currency for the majority of our stores. In addition, most stores electronically scan their check inventory to facilitate verification and record keeping.

 

Competition

 

The industry in which we operate is highly fragmented and very competitive.  We believe the principal competitive factors in financial services are location or internet presence, customer service, fees and the transparency of fees, convenience, range of services offered, speed of service and confidentiality. With respect to our lending business, we compete with mono-line lending businesses, other check cashers and multi-line alternative financial service providers, pawn shops, rent-to-own businesses, banks, credit unions, offshore lenders, lenders utilizing a Native American sovereign nation lending model, one-state model lenders, and state licensed lenders. With respect to our check cashing business, we compete with other check cashers and multi-line alternative financial service providers, grocery stores, convenience stores, banks, credit unions, and any other retailer that cashes checks, sells money orders, provides money transfer services or offers other similar financial services, including some big-box retailers.  Some retailers cash checks without charging a fee under limited circumstances.

 

Regulation and Compliance

 

Our products and services are subject to extensive state, federal and local regulation. The regulation of the consumer financial services industry is intended primarily to protect consumers, detect illicit activity involving the use of cash, as well as provide operational guidelines to standardize business practices. State regulations commonly address allowable fees and charges related to consumer loan products, maximum loan duration and amounts, renewal policies, disclosures, and reporting and documentation requirements.

 

We are subject to federal and state regulations that require disclosure of the principal terms of each transaction to every customer, prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory practices, and prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices. We maintain legal and compliance departments to monitor new regulations introduced at the federal, state, and local level

 

10



Table of Contents

 

and existing regulations as they are repealed, amended, and modified. We place a strong emphasis from the top down on the importance of compliance, and require annual training for the Company’s board of directors, compliance committee members, as well as all employees.

 

We manage our compliance risk through three tiers of compliance oversight designed to address the risks of non-compliance and of consumer harm.  The first tier is a board-level compliance committee which is chaired by the Company’s chairman. This committee regularly receives reports from the second tier of compliance oversight, that being the board compliance committees of the Company’s three principal operating subsidiaries.  These subsidiary-level compliance committees are chaired by the Company’s lead director who is neither a member of management nor affiliated with any of the Company’s shareholders.  The subsidiary compliance committees are responsible for, among other things, overseeing compliance activities conducted within that subsidiary’s operations, overseeing the execution of corrective action plans designed to remedy any identified deficiencies, and approval of compliance-related policies and programs. The subsidiary compliance committee also receives regular reporting from the management compliance committee, which comprises the third tier 3 of compliance oversight. The management compliance committees are comprised of high-level management employees who bring together knowledge from their respective areas of expertise and are responsible for reviewing various compliance reports, assessing compliance risks, execution of corrective action plans designed to remedy identified deficiencies, and review and referral of compliance-related policies and programs to the subsidiary-level compliance committees.

 

In addition to the three levels of compliance committees, we also have a compliance department responsible for the development, execution, and governance of our enterprise-wide compliance management system which includes elements of governance and oversight; policy, procedure, and training management; monitoring and corrective action; response to consumer complaints; and compliance audit. The compliance department provides dedicated subject matter expertise and program development in risk areas such as consumer protection, privacy, data security, and anti-money laundering; and provides dedicated resources to support specific business and operational areas in designing compliance risk mitigation strategies.

 

We also maintain an internal monitoring department which evaluates compliance by our retail and internet operations with applicable federal and state laws and regulations as well as our internal policies and procedures. The internal compliance monitoring process includes conducting periodic unannounced examinations of our retail locations, reviewing customer files, reports, held checks, cash controls, and compliance with specific federal and state legal and regulatory requirements. The internal monitoring department also monitors customer-facing phone calls to detect and assist management in addressing compliance risks inherent in those types of communications. As part of the internal compliance monitoring program, results are reported to management to identify potential compliance issues and the need for further training. In addition, internal monitoring results are also reported to the management-level compliance committee.

 

Our processes for monitoring our internet operations includes examinations on a state-by-state basis encompassing several areas of review, such as customer service, email communications, anti-money laundering compliance, state and federal law compliance, security, and controls. The results of each examination are reviewed and determinations are made to see if there are any changes necessary to the software system, operations, or marketing. Any deficiency requiring an operational change is summarized and sent to the appropriate person to be implemented as soon as is practicable to ensure improved future compliance performance.

 

We have continually allocated increasing resources to proactively address Regulation and Compliance as we have grown and added new or modified products and services.

 

U.S. Federal Regulations

 

Consumer Lending Laws. Our consumer lending is subject to the federal Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, and its underlying regulations, known as Regulation Z, and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act. These laws require us to provide certain disclosures to prospective borrowers and protect against unfair credit practices. The principal disclosures required under TILA are intended to promote the informed use of consumer credit. Under TILA, when acting as a lender, we are required to disclose certain material terms related to a credit transaction, including, but not limited to, the annual percentage rate, finance charge, amount financed, total of payments, the number and amount of payments and payment due dates to repay the indebtedness.  The federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits us from discriminating against any credit applicant on the basis of any protected category, such as race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status or age, and requires us to notify credit applicants of any action taken on the individual’s credit application.

 

Consumer Reports and Information. The use of consumer reports and other personal data used in credit underwriting is governed by the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA, and similar state laws governing the use of consumer credit information. The FCRA establishes requirements that apply to the use of “consumer reports” and similar data, including certain notifications to consumers where their loan application has been denied because of information contained in their consumer report. The FCRA

 

11



Table of Contents

 

requires us to promptly update any credit information reported to a credit reporting agency about a consumer and to allow a process by which consumers may inquire about credit information furnished by us to a consumer reporting agency.

 

Information-Sharing Laws. We are also subject to the federal Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, which limits the sharing of information for marketing purposes and requires us to adopt written procedures for detecting, preventing and responding appropriately to mitigate identity theft and to adopt various policies and procedures and provide training and materials that address the importance of protecting non-public personal information and aid us in detecting and responding to suspicious activity, including suspicious activity that may suggest a possible identity theft red flag, as appropriate.

 

Marketing Laws. Our advertising and marketing activities are subject to several federal laws and regulations including the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or practices and false or misleading advertisements in all aspects of our business. As a financial services company, any advertisements related to our products must also comply with the advertising requirements set forth in TILA and must not violate the unfair, deceptive or abusive standards set forth in Sections 1002, 1031 and 1036(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. §§ 5481, 5531 & 5536(a). Also, any of our telephone marketing activities must comply with the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or the TCPA, the Telephone Sales Rule, or the TSR, and the Federal Communications Commission’s declaratory ruling issued on July 10, 2015, or the July Declaratory Ruling. The TCPA prohibits the use of automatic telephone dialing systems for communications with wireless phone numbers without express consent of the consumer, and the TSR established the Do Not Call Registry and both the TSR and the July Declaratory Ruling sets forth standards of conduct for all telemarketing. Our advertising and marketing activities are also subject to the CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 which establishes certain requirements for commercial email messages and specifies penalties for the transmission of commercial email messages that are intended to deceive the recipient as to the source of content.

 

Protection of Military Members and Dependents. Federal law also limits the annual percentage rate to 36% on certain loans made to active duty members of the U.S. military, reservists and members of the National Guard and their immediate families. This 36% annual percentage rate cap applies to a variety of loan products, including short-term loans. Therefore, due to these rate restrictions, we are unable to offer certain short-term consumer loans to active duty military personnel, active reservists and members of the National Guard and their immediate dependents. Federal law also limits the annual percentage rate on existing loans when the consumer becomes an active-duty member of the military during the life of a loan, or the spouse or dependent of an active duty member of the military during the life of the loan. Pursuant to federal law, the interest rate must be reduced to 6% per year on amounts outstanding during the time in which the service member is on active duty.

 

Funds Transfer and Signature Authentication Laws. Our lending is also subject to the federal Electronic Funds Transfer Act and various other laws, rules and guidelines relating to the procedures and disclosures required in debiting or crediting a debtor’s bank account relating to a loan (i.e., ACH funds transfer). Furthermore, our internet business is subject to various state and federal e-signature rules mandating that certain disclosures be made and certain steps be followed in order to obtain and authenticate e-signatures.

 

Debt Collection Practices.  While the federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or FDCPA, expressly excludes application of its provisions to creditors, we use the FDCPA as a guide in conducting our collection activities. We are also required to comply with all applicable state collection practices laws.

 

Privacy and Security of Non-Public Customer Information. We are also subject to various federal and state laws and regulations relating to privacy and data security. Under these laws, including the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, we must disclose to consumers our privacy policy and practices, including those policies relating to the sharing of consumers’ nonpublic personal information with third parties. This disclosure must be made to consumers when the customer relationship is established and, in some cases, at least annually thereafter. These regulations also require us to ensure that our systems are designed to protect the confidentiality of consumers’ nonpublic personal information. These regulations also dictate certain actions that we must take to notify consumers if their personal information is disclosed in an unauthorized manner.

 

Anti-Money Laundering and Economic Sanctions. We are also subject to certain provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act and the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, or BSA, under which we must maintain an anti-money laundering compliance program covering certain of our business activities.  Under regulations of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury Department”), adopted under BSA, we must report transactions involving currency in an amount greater than $10,000, and we must retain records for five years for purchases of monetary instruments for cash in amounts from $3,000 to $10,000. In general, every financial institution, including us, must report each deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency or other payment or transfer, whether by, through or to the financial institution, that involves currency in an amount greater than $10,000. In addition, multiple currency transactions must be treated as single transactions if the financial institution has knowledge that the transactions are by, or on behalf of, any person and result in either cash in or cash out totaling more than $10,000 during any one business day. We believe that our point-of-sale system and employee-training programs permit us to comply with these requirements.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

The BSA also requires certain of our subsidiaries to register as a money services business with the Treasury Department. This registration is intended to enable governmental authorities to better enforce laws prohibiting money laundering and other illegal activities. Many of our subsidiaries are registered as a money services business with the Treasury Department and must re-register with the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the Treasury Department (“FinCEN”) by December 31 every other year. We must also maintain a list of names and addresses of, and other information about, our locations and must make that list available to any requesting law enforcement agency (through FinCEN). That location list must be updated at least annually. We do not believe compliance with these existing requirements has had or will have any material impact on our operations.

 

Federal anti-money-laundering laws make it a criminal offense to own or operate a money transmitting business without the appropriate state licenses, which we maintain where necessary. In addition, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and its implementing federal regulations require us, as a “financial institution,” to establish and maintain an anti-money-laundering program. Such a program must include: (1) internal policies, procedures and controls designed to identify and report money laundering; (2) a designated compliance officer; (3) an ongoing employee-training program; and (4) an independent audit function to test the program. Because of our compliance with other federal regulations having essentially similar purposes, we do not believe compliance with these requirements has had or will have any material impact on our operations.

 

In addition, federal regulations require us to report suspicious transactions involving at least $2,000 to FinCEN. The regulations generally describe three classes of reportable suspicious transactions—one or more related transactions that the money services business knows, suspects, or has reason to suspect (1) involve funds derived from illegal activity or are intended to hide or disguise such funds, (2) are designed to evade the requirements of the BSA, or (3) appear to serve no business or lawful purpose. Because of our POS system and transaction monitoring systems, we do not believe compliance with the existing reporting requirement and the corresponding record-keeping requirements has had or will have any material impact on our operations.

 

The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) publishes a list of individuals and companies owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, targeted countries. It also lists individuals, groups, and entities, such as terrorists and narcotics traffickers, designated under programs that are not country-specific. Collectively, such individuals and companies are called “Specially Designated Nationals.” Their assets are blocked and we are generally prohibited from dealing with them.

 

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.  Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, which became operational on July 21, 2011.  The Dodd-Frank Act gave the CFPB regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over providers of consumer financial products and services, including explicit supervisory authority to examine and require registration of lenders that provide products and services such as those that we provide. Although there are pending challenges to the CFPB’s authority arising from the recess appointment of Director Richard Cordray, since 2012, the CFPB has conducted various examinations of lenders offering products and services similar to those that we offer, including an examination of our retail and internet lending operations.  We expect that from time to time the CFPB will conduct examinations of our operations.

 

Included in the powers afforded the CFPB is the authority to adopt rules describing specified acts and practices as being “unfair,” “deceptive,” or “abusive”, and hence unlawful. While Dodd-Frank expressly provides that the CFPB has no authority to establish usury limits, some consumer advocacy groups have suggested that payday and secured lending should be a regulatory priority. In recent statements, the CFPB said that it will propose rules respecting payday, medium-term and secured lending in the first quarter of 2016. The rules may make such lending materially less profitable, impractical or impossible. The CFPB could also adopt rules imposing new and potentially burdensome requirements and limitations with respect to our other lines of business.

 

On April 24, 2013, the CFPB issued a report entitled “Payday Loans and Deposit Advance Products: A White Paper of Initial Findings,” indicating that it had “engaged in an in-depth review of short-term small dollar loans provided by non-bank financial institutions at storefront locations and deposit account advances offered by depository institutions. While the CFPB’s study stated that “these products may work for some consumers for whom an expense needs to be deferred for a short period of time,” the CFPB also stated that its “findings raised substantial consumer protection concerns” related to the sustained use of payday loans and deposit account advances.  In the report and subsequent statements, the CFPB reiterated that it has authority to adopt rules identifying acts or practices as unfair, deceptive or abusive, and hence unlawful, in connection with offering any consumer financial products and services and to act to prevent providers from committing or engaging in such acts or practices. The CFPB announced that, based on the potential consumer harm and the data that it had gathered, further attention was warranted to protect consumers and that it expects to use its authority to provide protection to those consumers. The report indicated the CFPB plans to analyze the effectiveness of limitations, such as cooling-off periods between payday loans, “in curbing sustained use and other harms.” Additionally, the CFPB indicated that the report did not focus on online lending and that the CFPB is analyzing borrowing activity by consumers using online payday loans.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

In furtherance of that report, on March 25, 2014, the CFPB held a hearing on payday lending and issued a report entitled “CFPB Data Point: Payday Lending,” presenting “the results of several analyses of consumers’ use of payday loans.” The report presents the CFPB’s findings as to borrowers’ loan sequences, which refers to a series of loans a borrower may take out following an initial loan. The CFPB found that payday borrowing typically involves multiple renewals following an initial loan, rather than distinct loans separated by at least 15 days. The report states that for the majority of loan sequences that last for more than one loan, there is no reduction in the principal amount between the first and last loan in the sequence. In the reports and subsequent statements, the CFPB reiterated its commitment to use its various tools to protect consumers from unlawful acts and practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products and services. Both the April 24, 2013 white paper and the March 25, 2014 report indicated that the CFPB did not include online payday loans as part of its analysis, but the CFPB indicated that it is continuing to analyze borrowing activity by consumers using online payday loans. On November 20, 2015, in its published rule making agenda, the CFPB announced that it expects to release its proposal for new rules in the first quarter of 2016. We do not currently know the nature and extent of the rules that the CFPB will propose, but these rules will likely impose limitations on payday lending, medium-term lending and secured lending.

 

On September 16, 2014, the CFPB issued a proposed rule regarding nonbank companies that qualify as “larger participants of a market for automobile financing.” The proposed rule would allow the CFPB to expand its authority to reach nonbank entities engaged in the activities included within the CFPB’s proposed definition of “automobile financing.” Specialty finance companies, “captive” finance companies, and “buy here pay here” finance companies would be included within the CFPB’s jurisdiction under this proposed rule. The supplemental information that accompanied this proposed rule stated that the CFPB declined to include auto title loans, which would include our secured loans, within the proposed mechanism for determining “larger participants.” Nevertheless, the CFPB went on to suggest that auto title loans might be better analyzed separately from automobile financing as part of a future larger participant rule and the CFPB requested comments on whether it should expand the definition of “automobile financing” to include title loans and other types of auto-secured loans.

 

In addition to Dodd-Frank’s grant of regulatory powers to the CFPB, Dodd-Frank gave the CFPB authority to pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB’s own rules). In these proceedings, the CFPB may be able to obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties ranging from $5,000 per day for ordinary violations of federal consumer financial laws to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1 million per day for knowing violations. Also, where a company has violated Title X of Dodd-Frank or CFPB regulations under Title X, Dodd-Frank empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions for the kind of cease and desist orders available to the CFPB (but not for civil penalties).

 

U.S. State Regulation

 

Our business is regulated under a variety of state enabling statutes, including payday loan, deferred presentment, check cashing, money transmission, small loan, credit access, and credit services organization state laws, among others. The scope of state regulation, including the fees and terms of our products and services, varies from state to state. Most states with laws that specifically regulate our products and services establish allowable fees and/or interest and other charges to consumers.

 

In addition, many states regulate the maximum amount of, minimum maturity of, and impose limits on the renewal or extension of consumer loans. The terms of our products and services vary from state to state in order to comply with the laws and regulations of the states in which we operate.

 

In some states, check cashing companies or money transmission agents are required to meet minimum bonding or capital requirements and are subject to record-keeping requirements and/or fee limits. We offer check cashing services in each of the states in which we operate that have licensing or fee regulations regarding check cashing, with the exception of Illinois and certain Virginia locations. We are licensed in each of the states or jurisdictions in which a license is currently required for us to operate as a check cashing company and/or money transmitter. To the extent these states have adopted ceilings on check cashing fees, those ceilings are in excess of or equal to the fees we charge.

 

In the event of serious or systemic violations of state law, we would be subject to a variety of regulatory and private sanctions. These could include license suspension or revocation; orders or injunctive relief, including judicial or administrative orders providing for restitution or other affirmative relief; and statutory penalties and damages. Depending upon the nature and scope of any violation, statutory penalties and damages could include fines for each violation and/or payments to borrowers equal to a multiple of the fees we charge and in some cases the principal amount loaned as well. Thus, violations of these laws could potentially have a material adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

In our lending operations, we do not utilize the so-called “choice of law” model of lending, where a lender attempts to make loans in one state under a contract clause calling for the application of another state’s substantive laws. Rather, we attempt to comply in full with the substantive laws of the state where the store involved in an in-person loan transaction is located.

 

Since 2008, several states in which we operate, including Illinois,  Kentucky, Ohio and Virginia, have enacted laws (or in the case of Arizona, allowed the deferred presentment law to expire) that have impacted our short-term consumer loan business by imposing new limitations or requirements or effectively prohibiting the loan products we offer. These laws have had varying impacts on our operations and revenue depending on the nature of the limitations and restrictions implemented.

 

We intend to continue, together with others in the consumer loan industry, to inform and educate legislators and regulators and to oppose legislative or regulatory action that would prohibit or severely restrict our offering of consumer loans. Nevertheless, if legislative or regulatory action with that effect were taken in states in which we generate significant revenue, or at the federal level, that action could have a material adverse effect on our loan-related activities and revenues.

 

Local Regulation

 

In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our industry is subject to various local rules, regulations and ordinances. These local rules, regulations and ordinances are subject to change and vary widely from city to city. Local jurisdictions’ efforts to restrict short-term lending have been increasing. Typically, these local ordinances apply to storefront operations; however, local jurisdictions could attempt to enforce certain business conduct and registration requirements on internet lending to residents of that jurisdiction, even though no such attempt has been made previously. Actions taken in the future by local governing bodies to impose other restrictions on consumer lenders such as us could impact our business.

 

Regulations impacting our internet operations

 

As a result of our acquisition of Direct Financial Solutions, LLC, or DFS in 2012, we began offering consumer loans over the internet through our DFS-affiliated Companies.  Our internet operations are licensed to offer loans to residents of Alabama, Alaska, California, Delaware, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. In addition, DFS facilitates loans in Texas, by arranging loans originated by an unaffiliated third-party lender. We discontinued offering loans in the United Kingdom and voluntarily withdrew our application for full authorization to make loans in 2015. Our internet operations are capable of offering loans in Canada, and while we do not currently offer loans in Canada, if we begin to do so we will be subject to Canadian federal and provincial regulatory requirements.

 

In the United States, most borrowers from our internet operations repay their loans through automated funds transfer authorizations.  The CFPB has indicated its intention to examine compliance with various federal laws and regulations and to scrutinize the electronic transfers of funds to repay certain small denomination loans. If our internet operations were to be restricted in their ability to rely on such funds transfers, our business could be materially adversely affected.

 

In addition, our internet operations rely heavily on the use of lead generators or providers as a source of first-time borrowers. Our internet operations conduct regular audits of these lead generators or providers in order to ensure that each utilizes appropriate privacy and other disclosures to prospective borrowers as to how and where the prospective borrower’s personal, non-public information may be disclosed.  The CFPB has indicated its intention to examine compliance with federal laws and regulations and to scrutinize the flow of non-public, private consumer information between lead generators and lead buyers, such as our internet operations. In addition, several states in which we operate substantially impair the ability to use lead generators or have indicated an intention to regulate this conduct in the future.  The use of such lead generators could subject us to additional regulatory cost and expense and, if our internet operations’ ability to use lead generators were to be impaired, our internet operations’ business could be materially adversely affected.

 

Available Information

 

We file or furnish annual and quarterly reports and other information with or to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may read and copy any documents we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

You may also access our press releases, financial information and reports filed with or furnished to the SEC (for example, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those forms) online through www.ccfi.com. Copies of any documents available through our website are available without charge, and

 

15



Table of Contents

 

reports filed with or furnished to the SEC will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report filed with or furnished to the SEC.

 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. was formed on April 6, 2011 under the laws of the State of Ohio by the shareholders of CheckSmart Financial Holdings Inc. to be the holding company of CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and to acquire the ownership of CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc. through a merger. CCFI acquired CCCS through a merger on April 29, 2011. As of December 31, 2015, we owned and operated 525 stores in 15 states and had a licensed internet presence in 30 states. We are primarily engaged in the business of providing consumer financial services and have grown from 179 stores in April 2006, when Diamond Castle Holdings LLC, our majority beneficial shareholder, purchased a majority interest in CheckSmart.

 

Our corporate offices are located at 6785 Bobcat Way, Suite 200, Dublin, Ohio 43016. Our telephone number is (614) 798-5900 and our website at www.ccfi.com. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with the SEC.

 

ITEM 1A.             RISK FACTORS

 

Our business is subject to a number of important risks and uncertainties that are described below. You should carefully consider these risks and all other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The risks described below are not the only ones that could impact our Company or the value of our securities. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Risks Relating to our Capital Structure

 

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our debt or other contractual obligations.

 

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2015, our outstanding senior indebtedness was $353.8 million, all of which was secured indebtedness. We had $4.5 million in borrowing availability on our revolving credit facility, and our Alabama subsidiary’s borrowing availability under its secured credit facility was $6.3 million. Of the $36.2 million outstanding, we had $35.0 million of indebtedness in subsidiary note payables incurred by subsidiaries that do not guarantee our senior secured notes and revolving credit facility, which we refer to as non-guarantor subsidiaries. We also had $10.1 million in outstanding indebtedness evidenced by notes issued to the sellers of certain of the Florida assets, some of which are stockholders as a result of the transaction, held by a non-guarantor subsidiary.  This stockholder indebtedness was incurred in conjunction with the Florida Acquisition and is secured by the assets of such subsidiary.  See “Subsequent Events” on page 99 for a discussion of the transaction that resulted in the cancellation of the notes to the sellers of the Florida assets.

 

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences, including the following:

 

·                  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our debt or contractual obligations with respect to our senior notes and our other indebtedness;

 

·                  require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, business development, acquisitions, general corporate or other purposes;

 

·                  increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

·                  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

·                  restrict us from making strategic acquisitions or cause us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

·                  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

16



Table of Contents

 

·                  limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness, including our senior notes, or to obtain additional debt or equity financing for working capital, capital expenditures, business development, debt service requirements, acquisitions or general corporate and other purposes.

 

Risks of leverage and debt service requirements may hamper our ability to operate and grow our revenues and/or refinance existing debt.

 

Our equity is negative and our debt is high due to the funds borrowed to support growth, dividends, and acquisitions.  High leverage creates risks, including the risk of default under our revolving credit facility or our senior notes.  If we are unable to refinance or repay any amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility when it becomes due, we could default on our revolving credit facility which could also result in acceleration of all of our obligations under our senior notes. The interest expense associated with our debt burden may be substantial and may create a significant drain on our future cash flow. These payments may also place us at a disadvantage relative to other competitors with lower debt ratios and increase the impact of competitive pressures within our markets. As of December 31, 2015, our total debt was $430.2 million and our negative tangible capital was $178.5 million.

 

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness. This could exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

 

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the indentures governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our revolving credit facility limit, but do not prohibit, us or our subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness. If we incur any additional indebtedness, the holders of that indebtedness may be entitled to share ratably with our other secured and unsecured creditors in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of our business prior to any recovery by our shareholders. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid in such an event. If new indebtedness, including under our revolving credit facilities, is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify, especially with respect to the demands on our liquidity as a result of increased interest commitments.

 

To service our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

 

Our ability to make scheduled cash payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including our revolving credit facility and senior notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate significant operating cash flow in the future, which, to a significant extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our senior notes and our other indebtedness.

 

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including our senior notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations in an attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. The indentures governing our senior notes and the agreements governing our revolving credit facilities restrict our ability to conduct asset sales and/or use the proceeds from asset sales. We may not be able to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices and on terms that we believe are fair, or at all, and any proceeds that we receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.

 

Covenants in our debt agreements restrict our business in many ways.

 

The indentures governing our senior notes and the agreement governing our revolving credit facilities contain various covenants that, subject to certain exceptions, including customary baskets, generally limit our ability and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

·                  incur or assume liens or additional debt or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

·                  issue redeemable stock and preferred stock;

 

·                  pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

·                  prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

17



Table of Contents

 

·                  make loans and investments;

 

·                  enter into agreements that restrict distributions from our subsidiaries;

 

·                  sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

·                  engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

·                  consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.

 

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our revolving credit facility or our senior notes, the lenders or the holders of our senior notes, as the case may be, could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the applicable indebtedness to be immediately due and payable and the lenders could terminate all commitments to extend further credit under our revolving credit facility. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders and holders of our senior notes could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We have pledged substantially all of our assets as collateral under the revolving credit facility and as security for our senior notes. If we are unable to repay or refinance any amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility at maturity and the lenders proceed against the collateral, if the lenders under our revolving credit facility accelerate the repayment of borrowings or the holders of our senior notes accelerate repayment of our senior notes, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the amounts outstanding under our indebtedness.

 

The Company’s reliance on specialty financing may be a risk if such specialty financing sources become unavailable or their cost materially increases.

 

We rely on specialty financing obtained by our unrestricted subsidiaries to provide liquidity for our medium term loans. However, we cannot guarantee that this financing will continue to be available, or continue to be available on reasonable terms. Presently this financing comes from affiliates of Ivy Management LLC or Ivy.  If Ivy or other specialty financing sources became unwilling or unable to provide financing to us at prices acceptable to us we would need to secure additional financing or reduce loan originations accordingly. As the volume of loans that we make to customers increases, we may require the expansion of our borrowing capacity or the addition of new sources of capital. The availability of these financing sources depends on many factors, some of which are outside of our control.

 

The unrestricted subsidiaries that enter into these financing arrangements may also experience the occurrence of events of default or breaches of financial or performance covenants under the financing agreements with Ivy, which are currently secured by portfolios of loans. Any such occurrence or breach could result in the reduction or termination of our access to institutional funding or increase our cost of funding.  Increases in the cost of capital or the loss of debt financing could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

In the future, we may seek to access the debt capital markets to obtain capital to finance growth. However, our future access to the debt capital markets could be restricted due to a variety of factors, including a deterioration of our earnings, cash flows, balance sheet quality, or overall business or industry prospects, adverse regulatory changes, a disruption to or deterioration in the state of the capital markets or a negative bias toward our industry by market participants. Disruptions and volatility in the capital markets could also cause credit providers to restrict availability of new credit. Our ability to obtain additional financing in the future will depend in part upon prevailing capital market conditions, and a potential disruption in the capital markets may adversely affect our efforts to arrange additional financing on terms that are satisfactory to us, if at all. If adequate funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable terms, we may not have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations, make future investments, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities, or respond to competitive challenges and this, in turn, could adversely affect our ability to advance our strategic plans. Additionally, if the capital and credit markets experience volatility, and the availability of funds is limited, third parties with whom we do business may incur increased costs or business disruption and this could adversely affect our business relationships with such third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

Changes in credit ratings issued by statistical rating organizations could adversely affect our costs of financing.

 

Credit rating agencies rate our indebtedness based on factors that include our operating results, actions that we take, their view of the general outlook for our industry and their view of the general outlook for the economy. Actions taken by the rating agencies can include maintaining, upgrading or downgrading the current rating, or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading. Downgrading the credit rating of our indebtedness or placing us on a watch list for possible future downgrading could limit our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs and refinance maturing liabilities or increase the interest rates and our cost of financing.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Our unrestricted subsidiaries and certain of our future subsidiaries may not be subject to the restrictive covenants in the indenture governing the notes.

 

The indentures governing our senior notes and our revolving credit facility permit us to designate certain of our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries, which subsidiaries would not be subject to the restrictive covenants in the indentures governing our senior notes or the agreement governing our revolving credit facility. We have four unrestricted subsidiaries and we may designate others in the future. This means that these entities are or would be able to engage in many of the activities the indentures and our revolving credit facility would otherwise prohibit, such as incurring substantial additional debt (secured or unsecured), making investments, selling, encumbering or disposing of substantial assets, entering into transactions with affiliates and entering into mergers or other business combinations. These actions could be detrimental to our ability to make payments when due and to comply with our other obligations under the terms of our outstanding indebtedness. In addition, the initiation of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or the entering of a judgment against these entities, or their default under their other credit arrangements will not result in an event of default under the indenture or the revolving credit facility

 

Repayment of our debt, including our revolving credit facility, is dependent on cash flow generated by our subsidiaries.

 

We are a holding company and our only material assets are the equity interests we hold in our subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent upon dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our outstanding debt service and other obligations and such dividends may be restricted by law or the instruments governing our indebtedness or other agreements of our subsidiaries, including, for example, restrictions existing under our remote Alabama subsidiary’s revolving credit facility that limit our Alabama subsidiary’s ability to pay dividends. Our subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash from operations to enable us to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness and other obligations.  In addition, our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities, and any payments on dividends, distributions, loans or advances to us by our subsidiaries could be subject to legal and contractual restrictions on dividends. In addition, payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings. Additionally, we may be limited in our ability to cause any future joint ventures to distribute their earnings to us. Subject to certain qualifications, our subsidiaries are permitted under the terms of their indebtedness, including the indentures governing our senior notes, to incur additional indebtedness that may restrict payments from those subsidiaries to us. We can make no assurances that agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries will permit those subsidiaries to provide us with sufficient cash to fund payments of principal, premiums, if any, and interest on our outstanding debt obligation, when due. In addition, if the guarantees are held to violate applicable fraudulent conveyance laws, our guarantor subsidiaries may have their obligations under their guarantees of our senior notes reduced to insignificant amounts pursuant to the terms of the guarantees or otherwise subordinated to their other liabilities. If we do not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness or other obligations.

 

In addition, the equity interests of other equity holders in any non-wholly-owned subsidiary, such as a joint venture, in any dividend or other distribution made by such entity would need to be satisfied on a proportionate basis with us. These non-wholly-owned subsidiaries may also be subject to restrictions, in their financing or other agreements, on their ability to distribute cash to us or a subsidiary guarantor, and, as a result, we may not be able to access their cash flow to service our debt and other obligations.

 

A change in the control of the Company could require us to repay certain of our outstanding indebtedness and we may be unable to do so.

 

Upon the occurrence of a “change of control”, as defined in the indentures governing the senior notes, subject to certain conditions, we may be required to repurchase our senior notes at a price equal to 101% of their principal amount thereof, together with any accrued and unpaid interest. The source of funds for that repurchase will be our available cash or cash generated from operations or other potential sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity.  We may not have sufficient funds from such sources at the time of any change of control to make the required repurchases of our senior notes tendered.  Our failure to purchase, or to give notice of purchase of, the notes would be a default under the indentures governing our senior notes. In addition, a change of control would constitute an event of default under our revolving credit facility. Any of our future debt agreements may contain similar provisions.

 

If a change of control occurs, we may not have enough assets to satisfy all obligations under our revolving credit facility, our senior notes and any other such indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, we could seek to refinance the indebtedness under our revolving credit facility, the senior notes and any other such indebtedness or obtain a waiver from the lenders under our revolving credit facility, the holders of the senior notes and the holders of any other such indebtedness. We can make no assurances, however, that we would be able to obtain a waiver or refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

We may enter into transactions that would not constitute a change of control that could affect our ability to satisfy our obligations under our senior notes.

 

Legal uncertainty regarding what constitutes a change of control and the provisions of the indentures governing our senior notes may allow us to enter into transactions, such as acquisitions, refinancings or recapitalizations, which would not constitute a “change of control”, as defined in the indentures, but may increase our outstanding indebtedness or otherwise affect our ability to satisfy our obligations under our senior notes.

 

The interest of our controlling shareholder may conflict with the interests of other investors.

 

Private equity funds managed by Diamond Castle Holdings LLC, or Diamond Castle, beneficially own the majority of our common stock. The interests of these funds as equity holders may conflict with the interests of security holders.  The controlling shareholders may have an incentive to increase the value of their investment or cause us to distribute funds at the expense of our financial condition and liquidity position, subject to the restrictions in our debt agreements.  In addition, these funds have the indirect power to elect a majority of our Board of Directors and appoint new officers and management and, therefore, effectively could control many other major decisions regarding our operations.  Furthermore, our controlling stockholders are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us.  Our controlling shareholders may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We are subject to regulation at both the state and federal levels that is subject to varying interpretations, and our failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in significant liability to us as well as significant additional costs to bring our business practices into compliance.

 

Our business and products are subject to extensive regulation by state, federal and local governments that may impose significant costs or limitations on the way we conduct or expand our business. In general, these regulations are intended to protect consumers and not our shareholders.  These regulations include those relating to:

 

·                  usury, interest rates and fees;

 

·                  deferred presentment/small denomination lending, including terms of loans (such as maximum rates, fees and amounts and minimum durations); limitations on renewals and extensions; and disclosures;

 

·                  electronic funds transfers;

 

·                  licensing and posting of fees;

 

·                  lending practices, such as Truth-in-Lending and fair lending;

 

·                  unfair, deceptive and abusive acts and practices in consumer transactions;

 

·                  check cashing;

 

·                  money transmission;

 

·                  currency and suspicious activity recording and reporting;

 

·                  privacy of personal consumer information; and

 

·                  prompt remittance of excess proceeds for the sale of repossessed automobiles in certain states in which we operate as a secured lender.

 

Most state laws that specifically regulate our products and services establish allowable fees, interest rates and other financial terms. In addition, many states regulate the maximum amount, maturity, frequency and renewal or extension terms of the loans we provide, as well as the number of simultaneous or consecutive loans. The terms of our products and services vary from state to state in order to comply with the specific laws and regulations of those states.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Our business is also regulated at the federal level. Our lending, like our other activities, is subject to routine oversight by the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and is subject to supervision by the CFPB.

 

In addition, our lending activities are subject to disclosure and non-discrimination requirements, including under the federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Regulation Z adopted under that act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Regulation B adopted under that act, as well as the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or the “FCRA,” as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, and similar state laws, which promote the accuracy, fairness and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies and the requirements governing electronic payments and transactions, including the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Regulation E adopted under that act, and the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act and similar state laws, particularly the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, which authorize the creation of legally binding and enforceable agreements utilizing electronic records and signatures and, with consumer consent, permits required disclosures to be provided electronically. In 2007, the U.S. Congress effectively prohibited lenders from making certain short-term consumer loans to members of the U.S. military, active-duty reservists and National Guard, and their respective dependents. We are also subject to the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act and similar state laws, which allow military members and certain dependents to suspend or postpone certain civil obligations, as well as limit applicable rates, so that the military member can devote his or her full attention to military duties. Our operations are also subject to the rules and oversight of the Internal Revenue Service and U.S. Treasury related to the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, as well as the privacy and data security regulations under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

 

The Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, or FDCPA, regulates third-parties who regularly collect or attempt to collect, directly or indirectly, consumer debts owed or asserted to be owed to another person. Although the FDCPA is generally inapplicable to our internal collection activities, many states impose similar requirements on creditors and debt collection communications, and some of those requirements may be more stringent than the federal requirements. Moreover, regulations governing debt collection are subject to changing interpretations that differ from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. We undertake collection activity relative to debts that consumers owe to us and we use third party collections agencies to collect on debts incurred by consumers of our credit products. Regulatory changes could make it more difficult for us and for collections agencies to effectively collect on the loans we originate.

 

Statutes authorizing consumer loans and similar products and services, such as those we offer, typically provide the state agencies that regulate banks and financial institutions or similar state agencies with significant regulatory powers to administer and enforce the law. In most jurisdictions, we are required to apply for a license, file periodic written reports regarding business operations, and undergo comprehensive examinations or audits from time to time to assess our compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

 

State attorneys general and financial services regulators scrutinize our products and services and could take actions that may require us to modify, suspend, or cease operations in their respective states. We regularly receive, as part of comprehensive state examinations or audits or otherwise, comments from state attorneys general and financial services regulators about our business operations and compliance with state laws and regulations. These comments sometimes allege violations of, or deficiencies in complying with, applicable laws and regulations. While we have resolved most such allegations promptly and without penalty, we operate in a large number of jurisdictions with varying requirements and we cannot anticipate how state attorneys general and financial services regulators will scrutinize our products and services or the products and services of our industry in the future. If we fail to resolve future allegations satisfactorily, there is a risk that we could be subject to significant penalties, including material fines, or that we may lose our licenses to operate in certain jurisdictions.

 

Regulatory authorities and courts have considerable discretion in the way they interpret licensing and other statutes under their jurisdiction and may seek to interpret or enforce existing regulations in new ways. If we fail to observe, or are not able to comply with, applicable legal requirements (as such requirements may be interpreted by courts or regulatory authorities), we may be forced to modify or discontinue certain product service offerings or to invest additional amounts to bring our product service offerings into compliance, which could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, in some cases, violation of these laws and regulations could result in fines, penalties and other civil and/or criminal penalties. For example, state laws may require lenders that charge interest at rates considered to be usurious or that otherwise violate the law to pay a penalty equal to the principal and interest due for a given loan or loans or a multiple of the finance charges assessed. Depending on the nature and scope of a violation, fines and other penalties for non-compliance of applicable requirements could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

Changes in applicable laws and regulations, including adoption of new laws and regulations, governing consumer protection, lending practices and other aspects of our business could have a significant adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition or ability to meet our obligations, or make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

 

We are subject to the risk that the laws and regulations governing our business are subject to change. State legislatures, the U.S. Congress, and various regulatory bodies may adopt legislation, regulations or rules that could negatively affect our results of operations or make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

 

For instance, at the federal level, bills have been introduced in Congress since 2008 that would have placed a federal cap of 36% on the APR applicable to all consumer loan transactions. Another bill directed at payday loans would have placed a 15-cent-per-dollar borrowed cap on fees for cash advances, banned rollovers (which is a practice that allows consumers to pay a fee to extend the term of a payday or other short-term consumer loan), and required us to offer an extended payment plan that would have severely restricted many of our payday lending products. Congress, as well as state legislatures and other state and federal governmental authorities, have debated, and may in the future adopt, legislation or regulations that could, among other things, limit origination fees for loans, require changes to underwriting or collections practices, require us to be bonded or require us to report consumer loan activity to databases designed to monitor or restrict consumer borrowing activity, impose “cooling off” periods between the time a loan is paid off and another loan is obtained, require specific ability to repay analyses before loans can be originated.  Recent amendments to rules adopted under the Military Lending Act, or MLA, prohibit further restrict the interest rate and other terms that can be offered to certain active duty military personnel and their spouses and dependents. The amended MLA rules became effective on October 1, 2015 and will apply to transactions consummated or established after October 3, 2016 for all credit products subject to the rules except credit cards, which have a later operative date. The MLA, as amended, will restrict our ability to offer our products to military personnel and their dependents.  Failure to comply with the MLA may limit our ability to collect principal, interest, and fees from borrowers and may result in civil and criminal liability that could harm our business. Consumer advocacy groups and other opponents of payday and secured lending are likely to continue their efforts before Congress, state legislatures and, now, the CFPB, to adopt laws or promulgate rules that would severely limit, if not eliminate, such loans.

 

Various states have also enacted or considered laws and regulations that could affect our business. Since July 1, 2007, several states in which we operate, including Illinois, Kentucky, Ohio, Delaware and Virginia, have enacted laws (or in the case of Arizona, allowed the deferred presentment law to expire) that have impacted our short-term consumer loan business by adversely modifying or eliminating our ability to offer the loan products we previously offered in those jurisdictions. Recent state legislation has included the adoption of maximum APRs at rates well below a rate at which short-term consumer lending is profitable, the implementation of statewide consumer databases combined with the adoption of rules limiting the maximum number of payday or other short-term consumer loans any one customer can have outstanding at one time or in the course of a given period of time, the adoption of mandatory cooling-off periods for consumer borrowers and the implementation of mandatory and frequently cost-free installment repayment plan options for borrowers who request them, who default on their loans or who claim an inability to repay their loans.

 

In addition, under statutory authority, state regulators have broad discretionary power and may impose new licensing requirements, interpret or enforce existing regulatory requirements in different ways or issue new administrative rules, even if not contained in state statutes, that affect the way we do business and may force us to terminate or modify our operations in particular states or affect our ability to renew licenses we hold. Regulators may also impose rules that are generally adverse to our industry. Any new licensing requirements or rules, or new interpretations of existing licensing requirements or rules, or our failure to follow licensing requirements or rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

 

With respect to our internet operations, in most cases, DFS’s subsidiaries are licensed by the jurisdiction in which they offer loans. In the event a state does not have licensing requirements for entities that have no physical presence in the state, the loans are offered under DFS’s home state license in Idaho. As of December 31, 2015, our internet operations are licensed to offer loans to residents of Alabama, Alaska, California, Delaware, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. In Texas, our internet operation facilitated loans originated by an unaffiliated third-party lender. We are also able to offer loans through a Canadian entity, though we did not do so as of December 31, 2015.

 

We are dependent on third parties, referred to as lead providers (or lead generators) and marketing affiliates, as a source of new customers. Our marketing affiliates place our advertisements on their websites that direct potential customers to our websites. Generally, lead providers operate, and also work with their own marketing affiliates who operate, separate websites to attract prospective customers and then sell those “leads” to online lenders. As a result, the success of our business depends substantially on the willingness and ability of lead providers or marketing affiliates to provide us customer leads at acceptable prices.  If regulatory oversight of lead providers or marketing affiliates is increased, through the implementation of new laws or regulations or the interpretation of existing laws or regulations, our ability to use lead providers or marketing affiliates could be restricted or eliminated.  States in which we do business may propose or enact restrictions on lead providers and potentially on marketing affiliates in the future and our ability to use lead providers or marketing affiliates in those states would also be interrupted. In addition, the CFPB has indicated its intention to examine compliance with federal laws and regulations by lead providers and to scrutinize the flow of non-public, private consumer information between lead providers and lead buyers, such as us. Lead providers’ or marketing affiliates’

 

22



Table of Contents

 

failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or any changes in laws or regulations applicable to lead providers or marketing affiliates’ or changes in the interpretation or implementation of such laws or regulations, could have an adverse effect on our business and could increase negative perceptions of our business and industry. Additionally, the use of lead providers and marketing affiliates could subject us to additional regulatory cost and expense. If our ability to use lead generators or marketing affiliates were to be impaired, our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

 

Further, our internet operations in the United States use the automated clearing house funds transfer, or ACH, system to deposit loan proceeds into customers’ bank accounts, and our internet business depends on the ACH system to collect amounts due by withdrawing funds from our customers’ bank accounts when we have obtained authorization to do so from the customer. Our ACH transactions are processed by banks and payment processors, and if these banks and payment processors cease to provide ACH processing services, we would have to materially alter, or possibly discontinue, some or all of our business if alternative ACH processors are not available.

 

Recent actions by the U.S. Department of Justice, or the DOJ, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, and certain state regulators, referred to as Operation Choke Point, appear to be intended to discourage banks and ACH payment processors from providing access to the ACH system for certain short-term consumer loan providers, cutting off their access to the ACH system to either debit or credit customer accounts (or both). According to published reports, the Justice Department has issued subpoenas to banks and payment processors and the FDIC and other regulators are said to be using bank oversight examinations to discourage banks from providing access to the ACH system to certain online lenders. This heightened regulatory scrutiny by the Justice Department, the FDIC and other regulators has caused banks and ACH payment processors to cease doing business with consumer lenders who are operating legally, without regard to whether those lenders are complying with applicable laws, simply to avoid the risk of heightened scrutiny or even litigation. On June 5, 2014, Community Financial Services of America, a trade association representing short-term lenders and a major payday lender filed a lawsuit against three U.S. banking regulators, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Comptroller of the Currency, alleging that the federal regulators are improperly causing banks to terminate business relationships with payday lenders. The complaint seeks a declaration that the agencies have acted wrongfully and seeks an injunction barring the agencies from certain actions or informally pressuring banks to terminate their relationship with payday lenders. The lawsuit says that Bank of America Corp., Capital Financial One Corp., Fifth Third Bancorp, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. and many smaller banks have terminated their relationships with payday lenders. The defendants in that lawsuit filed a motion seeking its dismissal.  The trial court denied that motion and the lawsuit remains pending in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia.

 

In addition, the National Automated Clearinghouse Association, or NACHA, has certain operating rules that govern the use of the ACH system. In November 2013, NACHA proposed amendments to these rules. After a public comment period, on July 28, 2014, NACHA revised its proposed amendments and distributed ballots to its membership to solicit votes on the revised amendments. The revised amendments were adopted by NACHA’s members in August 2014 and will become effective on various dates in 2015 and 2016. These amendments will, among other things (1) establish certain ACH return rate levels, including an overall ACH return rate level of 15% of the originator’s debit entries (and if any of the specified return rate levels are exceeded, the origination practices and activities of the originator would be subject to a new preliminary inquiry process by NACHA), (2) enhance limitations on certain ACH reinitiating activities, (3) impose fees on certain unauthorized ACH returns and (4) allow for increased flexibility in how an initial NACHA rules violation investigation can be initiated, which does not change the rules enforcement process, but defines additional circumstances under which NACHA may initiate a risk investigation or rules enforcement proceeding based on the origination of unauthorized entries. The revised amendments provide clarification that certain industries deal with customers who are more likely to experience an insufficient funds scenario and that the review of an originator with returns in excess of certain of the specified thresholds would take into account the originator’s business model in conjunction with its ACH origination practices. As a result of these amendments, our access to the ACH system could be restricted, our ACH costs could increase and we may need to make changes to our business practices.

 

Our access to the ACH system could be impaired as a result of this operation by regulators to cut off the ACH system to payday lenders or the NACHA rule amendments. The limited number of financial institutions we depend on have and additional financial institutions may in the future choose to discontinue providing ACH system and similar services to us.  If our access to the ACH is impaired, we may find it difficult or impossible to continue some or all of our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. If we are unable to maintain access to needed services on favorable terms, we would have to materially alter, or possibly discontinue, some or all of our business if alternative processors are not available.

 

We cannot currently assess the likelihood of the enactment of any future unfavorable federal or state legislation or regulations. We can make no assurances that further legislative or regulatory initiatives will not be enacted that would severely restrict, prohibit or eliminate our ability to offer small denomination loan products to consumers. Future legislative or regulatory actions could entail reductions of the fees and interest that we are currently allowed to charge, limitations on loan amounts, lengthening of the minimum loan term and reductions in the number of loans a consumer may have outstanding at one time or over a

 

23



Table of Contents

 

stated period of time or could entail prohibitions against rollovers, consumer loan transactions or other services we offer. Such changes could have a material adverse impact on our business prospects, result of operations, financial condition and cash flows or could make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible and therefore could impair our ability to meet our obligations and to continue current operations. Moreover, similar actions by states or by foreign countries in which we do not currently operate could limit our opportunities to pursue our growth strategies. As we develop new services, we may become subject to additional federal and state regulations.

 

Certain financial institutions have discontinued and other financial institutions may in the future discontinue or decline to provide financial services to us because of regulatory pressure.

 

Operation Choke Point resulted in certain financial institutions discontinuing our and our competitors’ access to banking, payment processing and treasury management services.  Operation Choke Point was initially described in an August 22, 2013, letter from thirty-one members of Congress to both the DOJ and the FDIC.  The letter stated, “[i]t has come to our attention that the DOJ and the FDIC are leading a joint effort that according to a DOJ official is intended to ‘change the structures within the financial system...choking [certain short term lenders] off from the very air they need to survive.’” The letter from Congress went on to say, “We are especially troubled by reports that the DOJ and FDIC are intimidating some community banks and third party payment processors with threats of heightened regulatory scrutiny unless they cease doing business with online lenders.”  The letter continued, “As a result, many bank and payment processors are terminating relationships with many of their long-term customers who provide underserved consumers with short-term credit options.”

 

In its December 8, 2014 report, the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Oversight and Government Reform concluded that the FDIC and DOJ acted improperly in forcing banks to discontinue their relationships with certain targeted business enterprises, including short term lenders.  Notwithstanding this report we cannot guarantee that this Congressional report or other Congressional action, if any, will prevent further adverse impact on our banking relationships, nor can we guarantee that any bank or other financial institution will continue to or undertake to do business with us, which may include such banks or financial institutions declining to participate in our efforts to refinance our existing debt. Any deterioration of our banking relationships, due to Operation Choke Point or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition or could make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

 

Short-term consumer lending, including payday lending, is highly controversial and has been criticized as being predatory by certain advocacy groups, legislators, regulators, media organizations and other parties.

 

A significant portion of our revenue and net income comes from loan interest and fees on payday or similar short-term consumer loans and from services we provide our customers. The short-term consumer loans we make may involve APRs exceeding 390%. Consumer advocacy groups and media reports often focus on the costs to a consumer for small denomination loans and claim that such loans can trap borrowers in a “cycle of debt” and claim further that they are predatory or abusive. While we believe that these loans provide substantial benefits when responsibly utilized, the controversy surrounding this activity may result in our and the industry being subject to the threat of adverse legislation, regulation or litigation motivated by such critics. Such legislation, regulation or litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition or could make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible. In addition, if this negative characterization of small consumer loans becomes increasingly accepted by consumers, demand for these loan products could significantly decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, media coverage and public statements that assert some form of inappropriateness in our products and services can lower employee morale, make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified employees, management and directors, divert management attention and increase expense.

 

Customer complaints or negative public perception of our business could result in a decline in our customer growth and our business could suffer.

 

Our reputation is very important to attracting new customers and securing repeat business relationships with existing customers. While we believe that we have a good reputation and that we provide customers with a superior experience, there can be no assurance that we will continue to maintain a good relationship with customers or avoid negative publicity.

 

In addition, our ability to attract and retain customers is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our level of service, trustworthiness, business practices and other subjective qualities. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters—even if related to seemingly isolated incidents, or even if related to practices not specific to those products and services that we offer, such as collection of our own debt—could erode trust and confidence and damage our reputation among existing and potential customers, which would make it difficult to attract new customers and retain existing customers, significantly decrease the demand for our products, result in increased regulatory scrutiny, and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

24



Table of Contents

 

The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the CFPB to adopt rules that could potentially have a serious impact on our ability to offer short-term consumer loans and it also empowers the CFPB and state officials to bring enforcement actions against companies that violate federal consumer financial laws.

 

Title X of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or Dodd-Frank or the Dodd-Frank Act, created the CFPB. The CFPB became operational in July 2011. On January 4, 2012, Richard Cordray was installed as its director through a recess appointment and in July 2013, was confirmed by the U.S. Senate. Because of Director Cordray’s recess appointment, there is uncertainty between the date of his recess appointment and the date of his confirmation as to the CFPB’s authority to exercise regulatory, supervisory and enforcement powers over providers of non-depository consumer financial products and services, including its power to exercise supervisory authority to examine and require registration of payday lenders.  Although it has not yet done so, the CFPB now has the authority to adopt rules describing specified acts and practices as being “unfair”, “deceptive” or “abusive,” and hence unlawful. In addition, the CFPB has issued examination procedures for, and has begun conducting examinations of, payday lenders. The CFPB conducted an initial examination of certain of our retail operations in late April 2012, and we received our examination report in October of 2013, and an examination of our internet operations in February of 2015, and we received our examination report in August of 2015. We made no material changes to our operations based on this report.  We anticipate additional examinations of our operations by the CFPB from time-to-time. With respect to these CFPB examinations and reports, we undertook various improvements in our operating and compliance procedures, controls and systems, but did not make material changes to our business.  Because of the uncertainty of CFPB’s powers under Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, the relative newness of the examination process and the confidentiality of that process, we can provide no assurances as to how the CFPB’s examinations or rulemaking will impact us in the future.

 

Some consumer advocacy groups have suggested that short-term, medium-term consumer loans, and secured lending should be a regulatory priority. In addition, some consumer advocacy groups have suggested that aspects of payday loans are “abusive” and therefore such loans should be declared unlawful. In the CFPB’s fall 2015 rule making agenda, the CFPB estimated that it would issue proposed rules in the first quarter of 2016, although subsequent statements suggest that these proposed rules may be released in the second quarter of 2016. Accordingly, it is probable that in 2016, the CFPB will propose and adopt rules that may make such lending services materially less profitable, impractical, and impossible or may force us to modify or terminate certain product offerings, including short-term and medium-term consumer loans. The CFPB could also adopt rules imposing new and potentially burdensome requirements and limitations with respect to our other lines of business. Any of these potential rules discussed in this paragraph could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition or could make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

 

On March 25, 2014, the CFPB held a hearing on payday lending and issued a report entitled “CFPB Data Point: Payday Lending,” presenting “the results of several analyses of consumers’ use of payday loans.” The report presents the CFPB’s findings as to borrowers’ loan sequences, which refers to a series of loans a borrower may originate following an initial loan. The CFPB found that payday borrowing often involves multiple renewals following an initial loan, rather than distinct loans separated by at least 15 days. The report states that for the majority of loan sequences, there is no reduction in the principal amount between the first and last loan in the sequence. In the reports and subsequent statements, the CFPB reiterated its commitment to use its various tools to protect consumers from unlawful acts and practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products and services.

 

The CFPB announced on March 26, 2015, that it is in the late stages of considering the formulation of rules regarding consumer loans, including certain of our short and medium-term loan products, which will ensure that consumers have access to the credit they need without long-term impact to their financial futures. The rule proposal, expected in the first half of 2016, will likely impose limitations on certain short term loans with high interest rates and, depending on the nature and scope of the proposed rules, might affect the loans and services we offer. Additionally, on October 7, 2015, the CFPB announced that it is considering two rulemaking proposals that would limit the use of pre-dispute arbitration clauses and class action waivers in consumer financial service contracts. Rules limiting such clauses could result in substantially increased litigation costs for us. If the CFPB adopts any rules or regulations that significantly restrict the availability of any of our consumer loan products, any such rules or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition or could make the continuance of all or part of our consumer loan business less profitable, impractical or impossible. Any new rules or regulations adopted by the CFPB could also result in significant compliance costs to us.

 

In addition to Dodd-Frank’s grant of regulatory and supervisory powers to the CFPB, Dodd-Frank gives the CFPB authority to pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB’s own rules). In these proceedings, the CFPB may be able to obtain cease and desist orders (which may include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties ranging from $5,000 per day for ordinary violations of federal consumer financial laws to $25,000 per day for reckless violations and $1 million per day for knowing violations. Also, where a company has violated Title X of Dodd-Frank or CFPB regulations under Title X, Dodd-Frank empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions for the kind of cease and desist orders available to the CFPB (but not for civil penalties). If the

 

25



Table of Contents

 

CFPB or one or more state officials believe we have violated the foregoing laws or regulations, they may be able to exercise their enforcement powers in ways that would have a material adverse effect on us.

 

Some of our (and our competitors’) lending practices in certain states have become or may become the subject of regulatory scrutiny and/or litigation. An unfavorable outcome in ongoing or future litigation or regulatory proceedings could force us to discontinue these business practices and/or make monetary payments. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In most cases, our subsidiaries make consumer loans without any involvement of either affiliated or unaffiliated third parties. In Ohio, however, our customers receive financial services through us from multiple parties. In Ohio, one of our companies makes loans at the highest rate permitted by applicable law and disburses loan proceeds in the form of money orders. One of our other companies, sharing the same office, at the borrower’s election cashes these money orders for a fee. In Texas and in Ohio, we offer loans originated by an unaffiliated third-party lender.

 

While we believe that these multiple-party programs are lawful, they entail heightened legal risk when compared to our single-party loan programs. In an effort to prohibit programs similar to our Ohio program, in 2010 the Ohio Department of Commerce, Division of Financial Institutions, or the Ohio Division, adopted a rule (which was judicially declared invalid) and entered an order against another lender in regulatory enforcement proceedings (which order was vacated by the same judge that overturned the Ohio Division rule). The Ohio Division waived its right to appeal and agreed to terminate and/or not commence any regulatory proceedings challenging this practice.  While the case involving the Ohio Division may mitigate the risk in Ohio under the current statutory and regulatory structure, if we adopted a similar program elsewhere, if there was a change in law in Ohio or if other pending litigation in Ohio successfully advances arguments that are contrary to those of the Ohio Division’s currently stated position, we could be forced to discontinue charging fees for cashing money orders or checks that disburse the proceeds of loans we make and we could also become subject to private class action litigation with respect to fees collected under the current version of the program. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Judicial decisions, CFPB rule-making or amendments to the Federal Arbitration Act could render the arbitration agreements we use illegal or unenforceable.

 

We include pre-dispute arbitration provisions in our consumer loan agreements. These provisions are designed to allow us to resolve any customer disputes through individual arbitration rather than in court. Our arbitration agreements contain certain consumer-friendly features, including terms that require in-person arbitration to take place in locations convenient for the consumer and provide consumers the option to pursue a claim in small claims court, provide for recovery of certain of the consumer’s attorney’s fees, require us to pay certain arbitration fees and allow for limited appellate review. However, our arbitration provisions explicitly provide that all arbitrations will be conducted on an individual and not on a class basis. Thus, our arbitration agreements, if enforced, have the effect of shielding us from class action liability. They do not generally have any impact on regulatory enforcement proceedings.

 

We take the position that the Federal Arbitration Act requires the enforcement in accordance with the terms of arbitration agreements containing class action waivers of the type we use. While many courts, particularly federal courts, have agreed with this argument in cases involving other parties, an increasing number of courts, including courts in California, Missouri, Washington, New Jersey, and a number of other states, have concluded that arbitration agreements with class action waivers are “unconscionable” and hence unenforceable, particularly where a small dollar amount is in controversy on an individual basis.

 

In April 2011, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in the AT&T Mobility v. Concepcion case that consumer arbitration agreements meeting certain specifications are enforceable. Because our arbitration agreements differ in several respects from the agreement at issue in that case, this potentially limits the precedential effect of the decision on our business. In addition, Congress has considered legislation that would generally limit or prohibit mandatory pre-dispute arbitration in consumer contracts and has adopted such a prohibition with respect to certain mortgage loans and also certain consumer loans to members of the military on active duty and their dependents. Further, Dodd-Frank directs the CFPB to study consumer arbitration and report to Congress, and it authorizes the CFPB to adopt rules limiting or prohibiting consumer arbitration, consistent with the results of its study.  In 2013, the CFPB released a preliminary report on consumer arbitration provisions and in March of 2015, released its final study.  This study concluded that arbitration clauses restrict consumers’ relief in disputes with financial service providers because companies are using them to block class proceedings thereby negatively impacting consumers’ access to justice.  The CFPB’s report suggests that arbitration clauses severely limit consumers’ options to pursue a just resolution of their disputes, to their detriment and without their knowledge.  On October 7, 2015, the CFPB announced that it is considering two rulemaking proposals that would limit the use of pre-dispute arbitration clauses and class action waivers in consumer financial service contracts.   Any such rule would apply to arbitration agreements entered into more than six months after the final rule becomes effective (and not to prior arbitration agreements).

 

Any judicial decisions, legislation or other rules or regulations that impair our ability to enter into and enforce pre-dispute consumer arbitration agreements or class action waivers would significantly increase our exposure to class action litigation as well as

 

26



Table of Contents

 

litigation in plaintiff-friendly jurisdictions and significantly increase our litigation expenses. Such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Provisions of Dodd-Frank limiting interchange fees on debit cards could reduce the appeal of debit cards we distribute and/or limit revenues we receive from our debit card activities.

 

Dodd-Frank contains provisions that require the Federal Reserve Board to adopt rules that would sharply limit the interchange fees that large depository institutions (those that, together with their affiliates, have at least $10 billion of assets) can charge retailers who accept debit cards they issue. On June 29, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board set the interchange fee applicable to debit card transactions at 21 cents per transaction. While the statute does not apply to smaller entities, it is possible, and perhaps likely, that Visa, MasterCard and other debit card networks will continue their current practice of establishing the same interchange fees for all issuers or will establish interchange fees for exempt entities at levels significantly below current levels. If this happens, we would expect the issuer and processor of our debit cards to attempt to recover lost interchange revenues by imposing new or higher charges on cardholders and by seeking to capture a greater percentage of card revenues from us. Additional charges on debit cardholders could discourage use of debit cards for consumer transactions, and in either event, our revenues from prepaid debit card distribution would likely decline, perhaps materially.

 

Changes in local rules and regulations such as local zoning ordinances could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition or could make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

 

In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our business is subject to various local rules and regulations, such as local zoning regulations and permit licensing. Local jurisdictions’ efforts to restrict the business of alternative financial services providers through the use of local zoning and permit laws have been on the rise and we anticipate that they will continue on the rise. Any actions taken in the future by local zoning boards or other local governing bodies to require special use permits for, or impose other restrictions on, our ability to provide products and services could adversely affect our ability to expand our operations or force us to attempt to relocate existing stores.

 

Potential litigation and regulatory proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition in future periods.

 

We have been and could in the future become subject to lawsuits, regulatory proceedings or class actions challenging the legality of our lending practices. An adverse ruling in any proceeding of this type could force us to refund fees and/or interest collected, refund the principal amount of advances, pay triple or other multiple damages, pay monetary penalties and/or modify or terminate operations in particular states or nationwide. Defense of any lawsuit, even if successful, could require substantial time and attention of our senior management that would otherwise be spent on other aspects of our business and could require the expenditure of significant amounts for legal fees and other related costs. Settlement of lawsuits may also result in significant payments and modifications to our operations. Adverse interpretations of the law in proceedings in which we are not currently a party could also have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition or could make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

 

A significant portion of our assets are held in a limited number of states.

 

As of December 31, 2015, approximately 10.6% of our total gross finance receivables were held in Alabama, 9.1% were held in Arizona, 36.4% were held in California, and 5.2% were held in Florida and 9.4% were held in Virginia.  As a result, if any of the events noted in this “Risk Factors” section were to occur with respect to our retail locations and internet operations in these states, including changes in the regulatory environment, or if the economic conditions in any of these states were to worsen, any such event could significantly reduce our revenue and cash flow and materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition or could make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

 

Our revenue and net income from check cashing services may be materially adversely affected if the number of consumer check cashing transactions decreases as a result of technological development or in response to changes in the tax preparation industry.

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, approximately 19.7%, 15.4% and 11.9%, respectively, of our revenues were generated from the check cashing business. Recently, there has been increasing penetration of electronic banking services into the check cashing and money transfer industry, including the increasing adoption of prepaid debit cards, direct deposit of payroll checks, electronic payroll payments, electronic transfers of government benefits, electronic transfers using on-line banking and other payment platforms. A recent study by the Federal Reserve Board suggests that payments through electronic transfers are displacing a portion of the paper checks traditionally cashed in our stores by our customers. Employers are increasingly making payroll payments available through direct deposit or onto prepaid debit cards. In addition, state and federal assistance programs are

 

27



Table of Contents

 

increasingly requiring benefits be delivered either through direct deposit programs or prepaid debit cards, and the federal government has announced initiatives to transition the disbursement of some federal tax refunds to prepaid debit cards. For example, in April 2011, the State of California stopped issuing paper checks to benefits recipients, which adversely affected our check cashing revenue in that state. Moreover, the rise of on-line payment systems that allow for electronic check and credit card payments to be made directly to individuals has further contributed to the decline in this market. To the extent that checks received by our customer base are replaced with such electronic transfers or electronic transfer systems developed in the future, both the demand for our check cashing services and our revenues from our check cashing business could decrease. In addition, a significant part of our business involves the cashing of tax refund checks. Recent changes in the tax preparation industry, including tax preparers offering prepaid debit cards as an alternative to tax refund checks and a decrease in the number of tax preparers offering refund anticipation loans (which are typically disbursed by checks at the offices of the tax preparer) could cause the number of tax refund checks we cash to decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

If our estimates of our allowance for loan losses and accrual for third party losses are not adequate to absorb actual losses, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

We utilize a variety of underwriting criteria, actively monitor the performance of our consumer loan portfolio and maintain an allowance for losses on loans we underwrite (including fees and interest) at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in our loan receivables portfolio. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, we consider known and relevant internal and external factors that affect loan collectability, including the total amount of loans outstanding, historical loans charge-offs, our current collection patterns and current economic trends. Our methodology for establishing our allowance for doubtful accounts and our provision for loan losses is based in large part on our historic loss experience. If customer behavior changes as a result of economic conditions and if we are unable to predict how the widespread loss of jobs, housing foreclosures and general economic uncertainty may affect our loan loss allowance, our provision may be inadequate. In addition, our shift in mix to more medium-term consumer loans has resulted and will continue to result in a higher provision for loan losses as a result of the nature of medium-term consumer loans as compared to short term loans, and, as this is a relatively new product for us, our provision for loan losses may be inadequate to cover losses on medium-term consumer loans. Additionally, in our retail credit services organization business, we issue independent third-party lenders letters of credit to guarantee repayment of their extending credit to our customers. We employ a methodology similar to that for estimating our own loan loss reserves to establish an accrual for doubtful accounts of these third-party lenders. As of December 31, 2013, our loan loss allowance was $18.0 million and in 2013 we had a net charge off of $97.6 million related to losses on our loans. As of December 31, 2014, our loan loss allowance was $30.4 million and in 2014 we had a net charge off of $148.3 million related to losses on our loans. As of December 31, 2015, our loan loss allowance was $23.9 million and in 2015 we had a net charge off of $152.9 million related to losses on our loans. Our loan loss allowance, however, is an estimate, and if actual loan losses are materially greater than our loan loss allowance, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

The failure of third parties who provide products, services or support to us to maintain their products, services or support could disrupt our operations or result in a loss of revenue.

 

We are reliant on third parties to provide certain products, services and support that are material to our business. In the event such parties become unwilling or unable to continue to provide such products, services or support to us, our business operations could be disrupted and our revenue could be materially and adversely affected. For example:

 

·                  Our prepaid debit card business depends on our agreements for related services with Insight. If any disruption in this relationship occurs, our revenue generated as an agent for Insight’s product offerings and one of the central focuses for our future growth strategy may be adversely affected.

 

·              Our money transfer and money order business depends on our agreements for such services with Western Union and MoneyGram. If any disruption in these relationships occurs, our revenue generated from our money order and money transfer product offerings may be adversely affected. Approximately $6.6 million in 2013,  $6.6 million in 2014, and $6.5 million in 2015, or 1.5%, 1.3% and 1.2%, respectively, of our total revenue for the years ended December 31,  2013, 2014, and 2015 was related to our money transfer and money order services, respectively.

 

·                  We also have product and support agreements with various other third-party vendors and suppliers. If a third-party provider fails to provide its product or service or to maintain its quality and consistency, we could lose customers and related revenue from those products or services, or we could experience a disruption in our operations, any of which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

·                  If any of the independent third-party lenders that originate the consumer loans offered by DFS’s credit access business or our Ohio retail credit service organization business stops, curtails, or makes material changes to its lending, and we are unable to replace them, we could lose customers and related revenue from those products or services, or we could

 

28



Table of Contents

 

experience a disruption in our operations, any of which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

·                  Various payment processors, on which we rely to present checks or process debit card transactions, may succumb to regulatory pressure as a result of Operation Choke Point or for other reasons, and decline to process future transactions for us which could cause a disruption in our operations that may adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition or could make the continuance of our current business impractical, unprofitable or impossible.

 

We may not realize the expected benefits of acquisitions because of integration difficulties and other challenges.

 

The success of any acquisition depends, in part, on our ability to integrate the acquired business with our business and our ability to increase its operating-level performance in line with our historical operating-level performance. The integration process may be complex, costly and time-consuming and may not result in the anticipated improvements to operating-level performance. The difficulties of integrating the operation of a business may include, among others:

 

·                  failure to implement our business plan for the combined business;

 

·                  failure to achieve expected synergies or cost savings;

 

·                  unanticipated issues in integrating information, technology and other systems;

 

·                  unanticipated challenges in implementing our short-term consumer lending practices in acquired stores or in marketing loan products to their existing customers;

 

·                  unanticipated changes in applicable laws and regulations; and

 

·                  unanticipated issues, expenses and liabilities.

 

We may not accomplish the integration of the acquired business smoothly, successfully or with the anticipated costs or time frame. The diversion of the attention of management from our operations to the integration effort and any difficulties encountered in combining operations could prevent us from realizing the full benefits anticipated to result from the acquisition and could adversely affect our business.

 

We are subject to impairment risk.

 

At December 31, 2015, we had goodwill and other intangible assets totaling $154.5 million on our consolidated balance sheet, all of which represents the excess of costs paid to acquire assets and liabilities over the fair value of those assets and liabilities. Accounting for goodwill requires significant management estimates and judgment. Events may occur in the future and we may not realize the value of our goodwill. Management performs reviews annually and when events or circumstances warrant a review of the carrying values of the goodwill to determine whether impairment in value may have occurred. A variety of factors could cause the carrying value of our goodwill to become impaired.

 

We may experience financial and strategic difficulties and delays or unexpected events in completing our various cost-savings initiatives, including achieving any anticipated savings and benefits of these initiatives.

 

We have taken various steps to reduce certain costs in 2015.  While we have achieved certain cost savings, and we have worked toward right-sizing our costs, we may not realize anticipated savings or benefits from one or more of the cost-savings initiatives we undertake as part of these efforts in full or in part or within the time periods we expect. Other events and circumstances, such as financial and strategic difficulties and delays or unexpected costs, economic conditions, or regulatory change, may occur which could result in our not realizing our anticipated savings. If we are unable to realize these savings or benefits, our ability to continue to fund other aspects of our business may be adversely affected. We are also subject to the risks of negative publicity and business disruption in connection with cost-savings initiatives.  The failure to realize anticipated savings or benefits from such initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We may not be successful at entering new businesses or broadening the scope of our existing product and service offerings.

 

We may enter into new businesses that are adjacent or complementary to our existing businesses and that broaden the scope of our existing product and service offerings. For example, in 2012 we entered the business of offering loan products over the internet through the acquisition of DFS, and in 2013, 2014, and 2015, we expanded our installment loan program with longer term and greater principal amounts at lower interest rates. We may not achieve our expected growth if we are not successful in entering these new businesses or in broadening the scope of our existing product and service offerings. In addition, entering new businesses and broadening the scope of our existing product and service offerings may require significant upfront expenditures that we may not be able to recoup in the future. These efforts may also divert management’s attention and expose us to new risks and regulations. As a result, entering businesses and broadening the scope of our existing product and service offerings may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

If we lose key management or are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our operating results and growth could suffer.

 

Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the members of our senior management. The loss of the services of members of senior management could harm our business and prospects for future development. Our continued growth also will

 

29



Table of Contents

 

depend upon our ability to attract and retain additional skilled management personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain the requisite personnel, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

We are dependent on hiring an adequate number of hourly employees to run our business and are subject to government regulations concerning these and our other employees, including minimum wage laws.

 

Our workforce is comprised primarily of employees who work on an hourly basis. In certain areas where we operate, there is significant competition for employees. Our ability to continue to expand our operations depends on our ability to attract, train and retain a large and growing number of qualified employees. The lack of availability of an adequate number of hourly employees or increases in wages and benefits to current employees could adversely affect our operations. We are subject to applicable rules and regulations relating to our relationship with our employees, including the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act, the National Labor Relations Act, the U.S. Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and various federal and state laws governing various matters including minimum wage and break requirements, union organizing, exempt status classification, health benefits, unemployment and employment taxes and overtime and working conditions. Legislative increases in the federal minimum wage, the increasing number of state and local legislative increases to the minimum wage, and anticipated regulatory changes in exempt status classification, as well as increases in additional labor cost components, such as employee benefit costs, workers’ compensation insurance rates, compliance costs and fines, as well as the cost of litigation in connection with these regulations, would increase our labor costs. Furthermore, if we are unable to locate, attract, train or retain qualified personnel, or if our costs of labor increase significantly, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

Competition in the retail financial services industry is intense and could cause us to lose market share and revenue.

 

The industry in which we operate has low barriers to entry and is highly fragmented and very competitive. In addition, we believe that the market will become more competitive as the industry continues to consolidate. We compete with other check cashing stores, short-term consumer lenders, internet lenders, mass merchandisers, grocery stores, banks, savings and loan institutions, other financial services entities and other retail businesses that cash checks, offer short-term consumer loans, sell money orders, provide money transfer services or offer similar products and services. Some of our competitors have larger and more established customer bases, and substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources, than we do. For example, Wal-Mart offers a general-purpose reloadable prepaid debit card and also offers check cashing services, money transfers and bill payments through its “Money Centers” in select locations. In addition, short-term consumer loans are increasingly being offered by local banks and employee credit unions. Our stores also face competition from automated check cashing machines deployed in supermarkets, convenience stores and other venues by large financial services organizations. In addition, our competitors may operate, or begin to operate, under business models less focused on legal and regulatory compliance than ours, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. We can make no assurances that we will be able to compete successfully against any or all of our current or future competitors. As a result, we could lose market share and our revenue could decline, thereby affecting our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness and fund our operations.

 

Our competitors’ use of other business models could put us at a competitive disadvantage and have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We operate our business pursuant to the laws and regulations of the states in which we conduct business, including compliance with the maximum fees allowed and other limitations and we are licensed in every state in which we lend and in which a license is required. Some of our competitors, especially certain internet lenders, operate using other business models, including a “single-state model” where the lender is generally licensed in one state and follows only the laws and regulations of that state regardless of the state in which the customer resides and the lending transaction takes place, an “offshore model” where the lender is not licensed in any U.S. state and does not typically comply with any particular state’s laws or regulations or a “tribal model” where the lender follows the laws of a Native American tribe regardless of the state in which the lender is located, the customer resides and the lending transaction takes place. Competitors using these models may have higher revenue per customer and significantly less burdensome compliance requirements, among other advantages. Additionally, negative perceptions about these models could cause legislators or regulators to pursue additional industry restrictions that could affect the business model under which we operate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

 

A reduction in demand for our products and services and failure by us to adapt to such reduction could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

The demand for a particular product or service we offer may be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as regulatory restrictions that decrease customer access to particular products, the availability of competing products or changes in customers’ preferences or financial conditions. Should we fail to adapt to significant changes in our customers’ demand for, or access to, our products or services, our revenues could decrease significantly and our operations could be harmed. Even if we make changes to

 

30



Table of Contents

 

existing products or services or introduce new products or services to fulfill customer demand, customers may resist or may reject such products or services. Moreover, the effect of any product change on the results of our business may not be fully ascertainable until the change has been in effect for some time and by that time it may be too late to make further modifications to such product or service without causing further harm to our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Demand for our products and services is sensitive to the level of transactions effected by our customers, and accordingly, our revenues could be affected negatively by a general economic slowdown.

 

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from cashing checks and consumer lending. Revenues from check cashing and consumer lending accounted for 19.7% and 68.4%, respectively, of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 15.4% and 69.8%, respectively, of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 11.9% and 61.6%, respectively, of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2015. An economic slowdown could cause deterioration in the performance of our consumer loan portfolio and in consumer demand for our financial products and services. For example, a significant portion of our check cashing business is generated by cashing payroll checks and any prolonged economic downturn or increase in unemployment could have a material adverse effect on such business. In addition, reduced consumer confidence and spending may decrease the demand for our other products and services. Also, any changes in economic factors that adversely affect consumer transactions and employment could reduce the volume of transactions that we process and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our future growth and financial success will be harmed if there is a decline in the use of prepaid debit cards as a payment mechanism or if there are adverse developments with respect to the prepaid debit card services industry in general.

 

Our business strategy is dependent, in part, upon the general growth in demand for prepaid debit cards. As the market for prepaid debit card services matures, consumers may find prepaid debit cards to be less attractive than traditional bank solutions. Further, other alternatives to prepaid debit cards may develop and limit the growth of, or cause a decline in the demand for, prepaid debit cards. In addition, negative publicity surrounding other prepaid debit card services providers could impact our business and prospects for growth to the extent it adversely impacts the perception of prepaid debit card services industry among consumers. If consumers do not continue to increase their usage of prepaid debit card services, our operating revenues may remain at current levels or decline. Predictions by industry analysts and others concerning the growth of prepaid debit card services as an electronic payment mechanism may overstate the growth of an industry, segment or category, and no undue reliance should be placed upon them. The projected growth may not occur or may occur more slowly than estimated. If consumer acceptance of prepaid debit card services does not continue to develop or develops more slowly than expected or if there is a shift in the mix of payment forms, such as cash, credit cards, traditional debit cards and prepaid debit cards, away from our products and services, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Disruptions in the credit markets may negatively impact the availability and cost of our short-term borrowings, which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

If our cash flow from operations is not sufficient to fund our working capital and other liquidity needs, we may need to rely on the banking and credit markets to meet our financial commitments and short-term liquidity needs. Disruptions in the capital and credit markets, as experienced in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis, could adversely affect our ability to draw on our revolving credit facility. Our access to funds under our credit facility is dependent on the ability of the banks that are parties to the facility to meet their funding commitments. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments to us if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests from us and other borrowers within a short period of time. In addition, the effects of a global recession and its effects on our operations could cause us to have difficulties in complying with the terms of our revolving credit facility.

 

Longer-term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced alternatives, or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our ability to refinance our outstanding indebtedness on favorable terms, if at all. The lack of availability under, and the inability to subsequently refinance, our indebtedness could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Such measures could include deferring capital expenditures, including acquisitions, and reducing or eliminating other discretionary uses of cash.

 

The use of personal data in credit underwriting is highly regulated.

 

The FCRA regulates the collection, dissemination and use of consumer information, including consumer credit information. Compliance with the FCRA and related laws and regulations concerning consumer reports has recently been under regulatory scrutiny. The FCRA requires us to provide a Notice of Adverse Action to a loan applicant when we deny an application for credit, which,

 

31



Table of Contents

 

among other things, informs the applicant of the action taken regarding the credit application and the specific reasons for the denial of credit. The FCRA also requires us to promptly update any credit information reported to a consumer reporting agency about a consumer and to allow a process by which consumers may inquire about credit information furnished by us to a consumer reporting agency. Historically, the FTC has played a key role in the implementation, oversight, enforcement and interpretation of the FCRA. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB has primary supervisory, regulatory and enforcement authority of FCRA issues. Although the FTC also retains its enforcement role regarding the FCRA, it shares that role in many respects with the CFPB. The CFPB has taken a more active approach than the FTC, including with respect to regulation, enforcement and supervision of the FCRA. Changes in the regulation, enforcement or supervision of the FCRA may materially affect our business if new regulations or interpretations by the CFPB or the FTC require us to materially alter the manner in which we use personal data in our credit underwriting.

 

The oversight of the FCRA by both the CFPB and the FTC and any related investigation or enforcement activities may have a material adverse impact on our business, including our operations, our mode and manner of conducting business and our financial results.

 

If the information provided by customers to us is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a customer’s qualification to receive a loan, and any inability to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate fraud risk on a large scale could cause us to incur substantial losses, and our operating results, brand and reputation could be harmed.

 

As we expand the number of products that have lower APRs than our short and medium term products, this expansion is largely predicated on effective loan underwriting resulting in acceptable customer profitability. Lending decisions made using our proprietary scoring models are based partly on information provided by loan applicants. To the extent that these applicants provide information in a manner that is unverifiable, the credit score delivered by our proprietary scoring methodology may not accurately reflect the associated risk. In addition, data provided by third party sources is another component of the decision methodology and this data may contain inaccuracies. Our resources, technologies and fraud prevention tools may be insufficient to accurately detect and prevent fraud. Inaccurate analysis of credit data that could result from false loan application information could harm our reputation, business and operating results.

 

In addition, our proprietary scoring models use identity and fraud checks analyzing data provided by external databases to authenticate each customer’s identity. The level of our fraud charge-offs and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to significantly increase. Our internet operations are particularly subject to fraud because of the lack of face-to-face interactions and document review. If applicants assume false identities to defraud us or consumers simply have no intent to repay the money they have borrowed we will incur higher loan losses. We may incur substantial losses and our business operations could be disrupted if we are unable to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate fraud risk using our proprietary credit and fraud scoring models.

 

Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities such as fraud. Over the past several years, we and others in our industry have had customers and former customers contacted by unknown criminals making telephone calls attempting to collect debt, purportedly on our behalf. These criminals are often successful in fraudulently inducing payments to them.  Since fraud is perpetrated by increasingly sophisticated individuals and “rings” of criminals, we continue to update and improve the fraud detection and prevention capabilities of our proprietary scoring models.  If these efforts are unsuccessful then credit quality and customer profitability will erode. If credit and/or fraud losses increased significantly due to inadequacies in underwriting or new fraud trends, new customer originations may need to be reduced until credit and fraud losses returned to target levels, and business could contract.

 

It may be difficult or impossible to recoup funds underlying loans made in connection with inaccurate statements, omissions of fact or fraud. If credit or fraud losses were to rise, this would significantly reduce our profitability. High profile fraudulent activity could also lead to regulatory intervention, negatively impact our operating results, brand and reputation and require us, and the originating lenders, to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase our costs.

 

Any of the above risks could lead to litigation, significantly increased expenses, reputational damage, reduced use and acceptance of our products and services or new regulations and compliance obligations, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our revenue and net income from check cashing services may be materially adversely affected if the number and amount of checks we cash that go uncollected significantly increase.

 

When we cash a check, we assume the risk that we will be unable to collect from the check payer. We may not be able to collect from check payers as a result of a payer having insufficient funds in the account, on which a check was drawn, stop payment

 

32



Table of Contents

 

orders issued by a payer or check fraud. If the number or amount of checks we cash that are uncollected increases significantly, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

 

Any disruption in the availability or the security of our information systems or our internet lending platform or fraudulent activity could adversely affect our operations or subject us to significant liability or increased regulation.

 

We depend on our information technology infrastructure to achieve our business objectives. Our information systems include POS systems in our stores and a management information system. Our POS systems are fully operational in all stores and we continued in 2015 with the implementation of a new POS system which we intend to replace our existing retail POS systems. The POS system is currently piloted in limited markets with the expectation it will be further expanded in 2016. The management information system is designed to provide summary and detailed information to our regional and corporate managers at any time through the internet. In addition, this system is designed to manage our credit risk and to permit us to maintain adequate cash inventory, reconcile cash balances on a daily basis and report revenues and expenses to our headquarters. If the new POS system fails to perform as we anticipate, if there are unanticipated problems with the integration of customer information, or if there is any disruption in the availability of our POS, information systems or internet lending platform these events could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our business is also dependent upon our employees’ ability to perform, in an efficient and uninterrupted fashion, necessary business functions, such as internet support, call center activities, and processing and servicing consumer loans. A shut-down of or inability to access the facilities in which our  internet operations and other technology infrastructure are based, such as a power outage, a failure of one or more of our information technology, telecommunications or other systems, or sustained or repeated disruptions of such systems could significantly impair our ability to perform such functions on a timely basis and could result in a deterioration of our ability to underwrite, approve and process internet consumer loans, provide customer service, perform collections activities, or perform other necessary business functions. Any such interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Our business involves the storage and transmission of consumers’ non-public, private information, and security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, litigation, and potential liability. We are entirely dependent on the secure operation of our websites and systems as well as the operation of the internet generally. While we have incurred no material cyber-attacks or security breaches to date, a number of other companies have disclosed cyber-attacks and security breaches, some of which have involved intentional attacks. Attacks may be targeted at us, our customers, or both. Although we devote what we believe to be appropriate resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and processes that are designed to protect the security of our computer systems, software, networks and other technology assets and the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information belonging to us and our customers, our security measures may not provide absolute security. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because cyber-attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties outside the Company such as persons who are involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers or who may be linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase internet-based product offerings and expand our internal usage of web-based products and applications or if we expand into new countries. If an actual or perceived breach of security occurs, customer and/or supplier perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and could result in the loss of customers, suppliers or both. Actual or anticipated attacks and risks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees, and engage third party experts and consultants.

 

A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems could cause serious negative consequences, including significant disruption of our operations, misappropriation of our confidential information or that of our customers, or damage to our computers or systems or those of our customers and counterparties, and could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure, and harm to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, many of our customers provide personal information, including bank account information when applying for consumer loans. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide the security and authentication to effectively secure transmission of confidential information, including customer bank account and other personal information. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments may result in the technology used by us to protect transaction data being breached or compromised. Data breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues.

 

Our servers are also vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions, including “denial-of-service” type attacks. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches. Security breaches, including any breach of our systems or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of consumers’ non-public, private information, could damage our reputation and

 

33



Table of Contents

 

expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. In addition, many of the third parties who provide products, services or support to us could also experience any of the above cyber risks or security breaches, which could impact our customers and our business and could result in a loss of customers, suppliers or revenue.

 

Any of these events could result in a loss of revenue and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

 

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer data could expose us to protracted and costly litigation and penalties and cause us to lose customers.

 

In the course of operating our business, we are required to manage, use, and store large amounts of personally identifiable information, consisting primarily of confidential personal and financial data regarding our customers. We also depend on our IT networks and systems to process, store, and transmit this information. As a result, we are subject to numerous laws and regulations designed to protect this information. Security breaches involving our systems and infrastructure could lead to unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, as well as shutdowns or disruptions of our systems.

 

If any person, including our employees or those of third-party vendors, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to costly litigation, monetary damages, fines, and/or criminal prosecution. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer data by any person, whether through systems failure, unauthorized access to our IT systems, fraud, misappropriation, or negligence, could result in negative publicity, damage to our reputation, and a loss of customers. Any unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable information could subject us to liability under data privacy laws and adversely affect our business prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Our ability to collect payment on loans and maintain accurate accounts may be adversely affected by computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, technical errors and similar disruptions.

 

The automated nature of our internet operations may make it an attractive target for hacking and potentially vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions. Despite efforts to ensure the integrity of our platform, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or to implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, in which case there would be an increased risk of fraud or identity theft, and we may experience losses on, or delays in the collection of amounts owed on, a fraudulently induced loan. In addition, the software that we have developed to use in our daily operations is highly complex and may contain undetected technical errors that could cause our computer systems to fail. Because loans made by our internet operation involves very limited manual review, any failure of our computer systems involving our scoring models and any technical or other errors contained in the software pertaining to our proprietary system could compromise the ability to accurately evaluate potential customers, which would negatively impact our results of operations. Furthermore, any failure of our computer systems could cause an interruption in operations and result in disruptions in, or reductions in the amount of, collections from the loans we made to customers. If any of these risks were to materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Security breaches, cyber-attacks, or fraudulent activity could result in damage to our operations or lead to reputational damage.

 

A security breach or cyber-attack of our computer systems could interrupt or damage our operations or harm our reputation. Regardless of the security measures that we may employ, our systems may still be vulnerable to data theft, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties or other similar disruptive problems. If we were to experience a security breach or cyber-attack, we could be required to incur substantial costs and liabilities, including:

 

·                  expenses to rectify the consequences of the security breach or cyber-attack;

·                  liability for stolen assets or information;

·                  costs of repairing damage to our systems;

·                  lost revenue and income resulting from any system downtime caused by such breach or attack;

·                  increased costs of cyber security protection;

·                  costs of incentives we may be required to offer to our customers or business partners to retain their business; and

·                  damage to our reputation causing customers and investors to lose confidence in us.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s dependence on search engine providers and paid search results may be a risk.

 

Our new customer acquisition marketing and our returning customer relationship management is partly dependent on search engines such as Google, Bing and Yahoo! to direct a significant amount of traffic to our website through organic ranking and paid search advertising. We bid on certain keywords from search engines as well as use their algorithms to place our listings ahead of other lenders.

 

Our paid search activities may not produce (and in the past have not always produced) the desired results. Internet search engines often revise their methodologies. The volume of customers we receive through organic ranking and paid search could be adversely affected by any such changes in methodologies or policies by search engine providers, by:

 

·      decreasing our organic rankings or paid search results;

 

·      creating difficulty for our customers in using our web and mobile sites;

 

·      producing more successful organic rankings, paid search results or tactical execution efforts for our competitors than for us; and

 

·      resulting in higher costs for acquiring new or returning customers.

 

In addition, search engines could implement policies that restrict the ability of companies such as ours to advertise their services and products, which could prevent us from appearing in a favorable location or any location in the organic rankings or paid search results when certain search terms are used by the consumer. Our online marketing efforts are also susceptible to actions by third parties that negatively impact our search results such as spam link attacks, which are often referred to as “black hat” tactics. Our sites have experienced meaningful fluctuations in organic rankings and paid search results in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of consumers directed to our web and mobile sites could harm our business and operating results.

 

Finally, our competitors’ paid search, pay per click or search engine marketing activities may result in their sites receiving higher paid search results than ours and significantly increasing the cost of such advertising for us. We have little to no control over these potential changes in policy and methodologies relating to search engine results, and any of the changes described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

If internet search engine providers change their methodologies for organic rankings or paid search results, or our organic rankings or paid search results decline for other reasons, our new customer growth or volume from returning customers could decline.

 

Our new customer acquisition marketing and our returning customer relationship management for our internet operations is partly dependent on search engines such as Google, Bing and Yahoo! to direct traffic to our website via organic ranking and paid search advertising. Our competitors’ paid search activities, Pay Per Click, or PPC, or Search Engine Marketing, or SEM, may result in their sites receiving higher paid search results than ours and significantly increasing the cost of such advertising for us.

 

Our paid search activities may not produce the desired results. Internet search engines often revise their methodologies, which could adversely affect our organic rankings or paid search results, resulting in a decline in our new customer growth or existing customer retention; difficulty for our customers in using our websites; more successful organic rankings, paid search results or tactical execution efforts for our competitors than for us; a slowdown in overall growth in our customer base and the loss of existing customers; and higher costs for acquiring returning customers, which could adversely impact our business. In addition, search engines could implement policies that restrict the ability of consumer finance companies such as us to advertise their services and products, which could preclude companies in our industry from appearing in a favorable location or any location in the organic rankings or paid search results when certain search terms are used by the consumer. Our online marketing efforts are also susceptible to actions by third parties that negatively impact our search results such as spam link attacks, which are often referred to as “black hat” tactics. Any reduction in the number of consumers directed to our website could harm our internet operations and operating results.

 

Our success and future growth depend significantly on our successful marketing efforts, and if such efforts are not successful, our business and financial results may be harmed.

 

We intend to continue to dedicate significant resources to marketing efforts and to introduce new loan products and expand into new states. Our ability to attract qualified borrowers depends in large part on the success of these marketing efforts and the success of the marketing channels we use to promote our products. Our marketing channels include search engine optimization, search engine marketing, preapproved direct mailings and paid media advertising. If any of our current marketing channels become less effective, if we are unable to continue to use any of these channels, if the cost of using these channels were to significantly increase or if we are not successful in generating new channels, we may not be able to attract new borrowers in a cost-effective manner or convert potential borrowers into active borrowers. If we are unable to recover our marketing costs through increases in the number of

 

35



Table of Contents

 

customers and in the number of loans made by visitors to product websites, or if we discontinue our marketing efforts, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Any decrease in our access to preapproved marketing lists from credit bureaus or other developments impacting our use of direct mail marketing could adversely affect our ability to grow our business.

 

We market certain of our medium term loan products through direct mailings of preapproved loan offers to potential customers. Our marketing techniques identify candidates for preapproved loan mailings in part through the use of preapproved marketing lists purchased from credit bureaus. If access to such preapproved marketing lists were lost or limited due to regulatory changes prohibiting credit bureaus from sharing such information or for other reasons, our growth could be adversely affected. If the cost of obtaining such lists increases significantly, it could substantially increase customer acquisition costs and decrease profitability.  Similarly, federal or state regulators or legislators could limit access to these preapproved marketing lists with the same effect.

 

In addition, preapproved direct mailings may become a less effective marketing tool due to over-penetration of direct mailing lists. Any of these developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Failure to keep up with the rapid changes in e-commerce and the uses and regulation of the internet could harm our internet operations.

 

The business of providing products and services such as ours over the internet is dynamic and relatively new. We must keep pace with rapid technological changes, consumer use habits, internet security risks, risks of system failure or inadequacy, and governmental regulation and taxation, and each of these factors could adversely impact our internet operations. In addition, concerns about fraud, computer security and privacy and/or other problems may discourage additional consumers from adopting or continuing to use the internet as a medium of commerce, and our business could be adversely impacted.

 

Our business may suffer if our trademarks or service marks are infringed.

 

We rely on trademarks and service marks to protect our various brand names in our markets. Many of these trademarks and service marks have been a key part of establishing our business in the communities in which we operate. We believe these trademarks and service marks have significant value and are important to the marketing of our services. We can make no assurances that the steps we have taken or will take to protect our proprietary rights will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our rights or the use by others of features based upon, or otherwise similar to, ours. In addition, although we believe we have the right to use our trademarks and service marks, we can make no assurances that our trademarks and service marks do not or will not violate the proprietary rights of others, that our trademarks and service marks will be upheld if challenged, or that we will not be prevented from using our trademarks and service marks, any of which occurrences could harm our business.

 

Part of our business is seasonal, which causes our revenue to fluctuate and may adversely affect our ability to service our debt.

 

Our business is seasonal due to the impact of our customers cashing their tax refund checks with us and using the related proceeds in connection with our other products and services, such as prepaid debit cards. Also, our consumer loan business declines slightly in the first calendar quarter as a result of customers’ receipt of tax refund checks. If our revenue were to fall substantially below what we would normally expect during certain periods, our annual financial results would be adversely impacted, as would our ability to service our debt.

 

Because we maintain a significant supply of cash in our stores, we may be subject to cash shortages due to robbery, employee errors and theft.

 

Since our business requires us to maintain a significant supply of cash in each of our stores, we are subject to the risk of cash shortages resulting from robberies, as well as employee errors and theft. We can make no assurances that robberies, employee errors and theft will not occur. The extent of these cash shortages could increase as we expand the nature and scope of our products and services. Any such cash shortages could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

If our insurance coverage limits are inadequate to cover our liabilities, or increases in our insurance costs continue to rise or we suffer losses due to one or more of our insurance carriers defaulting on their obligations, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

As a result of the liability risks inherent in our lines of business we maintain liability insurance intended to cover various types of property, casualty and other risks. The types and amounts of insurance that we obtain vary from time to time, depending on

 

36



Table of Contents

 

availability, cost and our decisions with respect to risk retention. The policies are subject to deductibles and exclusions that result in our retention of a level of risk on a self-insured basis. Our insurance policies are subject to annual renewal. The coverage limits of our insurance policies may not be adequate, and we may not be able to obtain liability insurance in the future on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, our insurance premiums may be subject to increases in the future, which increases may be material. Furthermore, the losses that are insured through commercial insurance are subject to the credit risk of those insurance companies. We can make no assurances that such insurance companies will remain creditworthy in the future. Inadequate insurance coverage limits, increases in our insurance costs or losses suffered due to one or more of our insurance carriers defaulting on their obligations, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could adversely impact our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

 

Our operations could be subject to natural disasters and other business disruptions, which could adversely impact our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. For example, the occurrence and threat of terrorist attacks may directly or indirectly affect economic conditions, which could in turn adversely affect demand for our services. In the event of a major natural or man-made disaster, such as hurricanes, floods, fires or earthquakes, we could experience loss of life of our employees, destruction of facilities or business interruptions, any of which could materially adversely affect us. More generally, any of these events could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the U.S. economy and worldwide financial markets. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our financial condition, operations and liquidity may be materially adversely affected in the event of a catastrophic loss for which we are self-insured.

 

We are self-insured with respect to our employee health insurance program and certain commercial, property and casualty risks. Based on management’s assessment and judgment, we have determined that it is generally more cost effective to self-insure these risks. The risks and exposures we self-insure include, but are not limited to, earthquake, flood, theft, counterfeits, and our employee health insurance program. We also maintain insurance contracts with independent insurance companies that provide certain worker’s compensation coverage, disability income coverage, certain employment practices coverage, and life insurance coverage.

 

In addition, we maintain director and officer liability coverage and certain property insurance contracts with independent insurance companies. Some of these coverages may be subject to large self-insured retentions.  We also maintain certain stop-gap coverage for catastrophic losses under our employee health insurance program.  Should there be catastrophic loss from events for which we are self-insured or adverse court or similar decisions in any area in which we are self-insured, our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity may be materially adversely affected.

 

Adverse real estate market fluctuations could affect our profits.

 

We lease the majority of our store locations. A significant rise in overall lease costs may result in an increase in our store occupancy costs as we open new locations and renew leases for existing locations.

 

ITEM 1B.     UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not Applicable

 

ITEM 2.        PROPERTIES

 

Our average store size is approximately 1,923 square feet as of December 31, 2015. Our stores are typically located in strip shopping centers or free-standing buildings. The majority of our stores are leased, generally under leases providing for an initial term of three to five years with optional renewal terms of three to five years.  Our primary headquarters is located in Dublin, Ohio. Over the past two years, we have integrated the Utah office acquired in the DFS acquisition into our operations and have expanded our call centers in Utah to serve both our internet and retail customers.

 

ITEM 3.        LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are involved from time to time in various legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business. Sometimes the legal proceedings instituted against us purport to be class actions or multiparty litigation. In most of these instances, these actions are subject to arbitration agreements and the plaintiffs are compelled to arbitrate with us on an individual basis. We believe that none of our current legal proceedings will result in any material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In the

 

37



Table of Contents

 

event that a lawsuit purports to be a class action, the amount of damages for which we might be responsible is uncertain. In addition, any such amount would depend upon proof of the allegations and on the number of persons who constitute the class of affected plaintiffs. Although the legal proceeding described below did not result in a material impact on our financial condition, these proceedings are reflective of the type of proceeding that could have a material impact on our financial condition.

 

CFPB, State Financial Regulators or Attorneys General

 

From time to time, we receive information requests from the CFPB or various states’ Attorneys General or financial regulators, requesting information relating to our lending or debt collection practices.  We respond to such inquires and provide certain information to the CFPB or the respective Attorneys General offices or financial regulators. We believe we are in compliance with federal laws and regulations and the laws of the states in which we do business relating to our lending and debt collection practices in all material respects. However, no assurance can be given that any such inquiries or investigations will not result in a formal investigation or an enforcement action. Any such enforcement actions could result in fines as well as the suspension or termination of our ability to conduct business in such states.

 

Other

 

We are involved in other legal proceedings, regulatory investigations, client audits and tax examinations from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that none of these other legal proceedings, regulatory investigations, client audits or tax examinations will have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4.      MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.                  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market Information

 

There is no established public trading market for our common stock. All of our outstanding common equity is privately held.  The number of shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding at December 31, 2015 was 8,981,536.   See “Item 12 — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for information regarding the beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock.

 

Our ability to pay cash dividends on our capital stock is limited by the terms of our revolving credit facility and indentures governing the terms of our senior notes.  There were no cash dividends declared or paid by CCFI during 2015.  See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Indebtedness” and Note 6  in “Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Equity in our Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Report on Form 10-K for disclosure of information regarding the payment of dividends.

 

38



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6.      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The selected historical financial data below should be read together with the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (including the discussion therein of critical accounting policies and recent acquisitions) and CCFI’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands except location data)

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

306,934

 

$

373,000

 

$

425,271

 

$

518,253

 

$

527,379

 

Total operating expenses

 

185,400

 

236,061

 

289,838

 

378,047

 

396,156

 

Operating gross profit

 

121,534

 

136,939

 

135,433

 

140,206

 

131,223

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

72,105

 

68,017

 

Total corporate and other expenses

 

91,128

 

117,255

 

122,420

 

145,276

 

105,959

 

Income (loss)before provision for income taxes, and discontinued operations

 

30,406

 

19,684

 

13,013

 

(77,175

)

(42,753

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

13,553

 

6,508

 

5,163

 

(29,695

)

27,259

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

16,853

 

13,176

 

7,850

 

(47,480

)

(70,012

)

Discontinued operations (1)

 

 

 

(1,117

)

(4,585

)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

16,853

 

$

13,176

 

$

6,733

 

$

(52,065

)

$

(70,012

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

65,635

 

$

79,044

 

$

90,311

 

$

77,734

 

$

98,941

 

Total finance receivables, net

 

120,451

 

128,923

 

165,330

 

159,669

 

128,501

 

Total assets

 

515,547

 

576,330

 

653,768

 

578,389

 

466,359

 

Total debt

 

395,000

 

437,330

 

466,867

 

469,241

 

430,219

 

Total liabilities

 

454,233

 

492,117

 

532,426

 

533,001

 

490,381

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

61,314

 

84,213

 

121,342

 

45,388

 

(24,022

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of stores (at period end)

 

435

 

491

 

516

 

530

 

525

 

Number of states served by our internet operations (at period end)

 

 

19

 

24

 

24

 

30

 

 


(1) Discontinued operations presented for 2013 and 2014 are net of (benefit) for income tax of ($746) and ($1,422), respectively. There were no discontinued operations in 2011, 2012, or 2015.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7.                MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Overview

 

We are a leading provider of alternative financial services to unbanked and under banked consumers. We provide our customers a variety of financial products and services, including short-term and medium-term consumer loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, and other services that address the specific needs of our customers. Through our retail focused business model, we provide our customers with high-quality service and immediate access to retail financial services at competitive rates and through the channel most convenient for our customers. As of December 31, 2015, we operated 525 retail locations across 15 states and were licensed in 30 states via the internet.

 

Our retail business model provides a broad array of financial products and services whether through a retail location or over the internet, whichever distribution channel satisfies the target customer’s needs or desires. We want to achieve a superior level of customer satisfaction, resulting in increased market penetration and value creation.  Our overall revenue has expanded as we have executed on our retail model. An important part of our retail model is investing in and creating a premier brand presence, supported by a well-trained and motivated workforce with the aim of enhancing the customer’s experience, generating increased traffic and introducing our customers to our diversified set of products.

 

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

 

Retail Platform

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we opened 31 retail locations. However, based on expected regulatory changes, we made the strategic decision in the latter part of the year to suspend new retail location openings and began to consolidate underperforming retail locations. The retail locations that closed during the year had direct costs of $9.3 million for the prior twelve months. Additionally, we have decreased our workforce by 15.3% since the first quarter of 2015 through retail location closures and overall workforce reduction efforts, resulting in expected annualized savings of approximately $13.2 million.

 

The chart below sets forth certain information regarding our retail presence and number of states served via the internet as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015, respectively.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015 (1)

 

# of Locations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of Period

 

491

 

516

 

530

 

Opened

 

29

 

25

 

31

 

Closed

 

4

 

11

 

36

 

End of Period

 

516

 

530

 

525

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of states served by our licensed internet operations

 

24

 

24

 

30

 

 


(1)                                 See “Subsequent Events” on page 99 for a discussion of the transaction that resulted in the disposition of 43 Florida retail locations effective February 1, 2016.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

The following table provides the geographic composition of our retail locations as of December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015 (1)

 

Alabama

 

30

 

36

 

42

 

Arizona

 

42

 

40

 

33

 

California

 

160

 

156

 

149

 

Florida

 

61

 

63

 

61

 

Indiana

 

21

 

21

 

21

 

Illinois

 

12

 

12

 

12

 

Kansas

 

5

 

5

 

5

 

Kentucky

 

14

 

15

 

15

 

Michigan

 

14

 

14

 

14

 

Missouri

 

7

 

7

 

7

 

Ohio

 

99

 

96

 

95

 

Oregon

 

3

 

3

 

2

 

Tennessee

 

13

 

25

 

27

 

Utah

 

10

 

10

 

10

 

Virginia

 

25

 

27

 

32

 

 

 

516

 

530

 

525

 

 


(1)                                 See “Subsequent Events” on page 99 for a discussion of the transaction that resulted in the disposition of 43 Florida retail locations effective February 1, 2016.

 

In addition, the Company is licensed to provide internet financial services in the following states: Alabama, Alaska, California, Delaware, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. In the third quarter of 2015, the Company ceased all international operations in order to focus on its domestic operations.

 

Changes in Legislation

 

In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. Among other things, this act created the CFPB and granted it the authority to regulate companies that provide consumer financial services.  The CFPB has examined both our retail and internet operations. We do not expect the findings from these exams to result in a material change to our business practices. We expect to be periodically examined in the future by the CFPB as well as other regulatory agencies. The CFPB has expressed its intention to publish proposed rules in early 2016, which we would expect to become final in late 2016 and effective in 2017 or 2018.

 

New Product Expansion and Trends

 

We constantly seek to develop and offer new products in order to address the full range of our customers’ financial needs. The expansion of existing medium-term products in certain markets resulted in a 19.3%, or $23.7 million increase, in revenue related to these products for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. Revenue from our CSO program grew 156.2% or $64.8 million for the year ending December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014 primarily due to the introduction of the CSO program in certain markets in the fourth quarter of 2014.

 

Product Characteristics and Mix

 

As the Company expands its product offerings to meet our customers’ needs, the characteristics of our overall loan portfolio shift to reflect the terms of these new products. Our various lending products have different terms. The shift in mix to longer term loans has resulted in, and is expected to result in, higher loan loss reserves for our medium-term products. The shift to a CSO program in certain markets has reduced our portfolios and may result in changes to the accrual for third party lender losses.We believe that our prepaid

 

41



Table of Contents

 

debit card direct deposit offering has reduced our check cashing fees; however, the availability of direct deposit to the  Insight  card  as an alternative to check cashing extends the customer relationship and increases our revenues associated with the Insight prepaid card.

 

Expenses

 

Our operating expenses relate primarily to the operation of our retail locations and internet presence, including salaries and benefits, retail location occupancy costs, call center costs, internet advertising, loan loss provisions, and depreciation of assets. We also incur corporate and other expenses on a company-wide basis, including interest expense and other financing costs related to our indebtedness, advertising, insurance, salaries, benefits, occupancy costs, professional expenses and management fees paid to our majority stockholders.

 

We view our compliance, collections and information technology groups as core competencies. We have invested in each of these areas and believe we will benefit from increased economies of scale and satisfy the increased regulatory scrutiny of the CFPB.

 

Goodwill Impairment

 

During 2014, CCFI’s majority shareholder, Diamond Castle Holdings, sold its shares of CCFI from existing limited partnerships to newly formed limited partnerships. CCFI recognized that the approximate share price at which the shares were transferred indicated a permanent change in share price and thus met the standard for qualitative factors that may indicate impairment. As a result, the Company conducted a test for impairment of goodwill for both the Retail financial and Internet services segments and recorded impairments for the Internet services segment of $13.5 million and for the Retail services segment of $58.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

The Company conducted its annual test for impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2015 for the Retail financial services segment and concluded that the Retail financial services segment had an impairment of $68.0 million. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques.

 

Recent Strategic Initiatives

 

The CFPB previously announced that it will release proposed rules that will affect our loan products. Based on the CFPB’s anticipated release date for the proposed rules, we expect them to be final in 2016 and effective in 2017 or 2018. In anticipation of the effectiveness of these rules, the Company enacted several strategic initiatives during the second half of 2015. These strategic initiatives include a reduction in new retail location openings and consolidation of underperforming retail locations, along with a heightened focus on expense and portfolio rationalization. Operating labor costs decreased as a result of the retail consolidation, workforce reductions, and reduced operating hours. Growth slowed during the third quarter of 2015, and through the fourth quarter of 2015, we began to see improving trends in portfolio performance. We expect that benefits from these strategic initiatives undertaken may be more fully realized in subsequent quarters.

 

See “Subsequent Events” on page 99 for a discussion of the transaction that resulted in the disposition of 43 Florida retail locations effective February 1, 2016.

 

Discontinued Operations

 

Insight Holdings was consolidated for the period from April 2013 to May 2014, and its operations have been classified as discontinued in the Company’s statement of operations.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Consistent with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, our management makes certain estimates and assumptions to determine the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses in the process of preparing our financial statements. These estimates and assumptions are based on the best information available to management at the time the estimates or assumptions are made. The most significant estimates made by our management, include allowance for loan losses,   goodwill, stock based compensation, stock repurchase obligation, and our determination of valuation of deferred tax assets, because these estimates and assumptions could change materially as a result of conditions both within and beyond management’s control.

 

Management believes that among our significant accounting policies, the following involve a higher degree of judgment:

 

Finance Receivables, Net

 

Finance receivables consist of short-term and medium-term consumer loans.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Short-term consumer loans can be unsecured or secured with a maturity up to ninety days. Unsecured short-term products typically range in size from $100 to $1,000, with a maturity between fourteen and thirty days, and an agreement to defer the presentment of the customer’s personal check or preauthorized debit for the aggregate amount of the advance plus fees. This form of lending is based on applicable laws and regulations which vary by state. Statutes vary from charging fees of 15% to 20%, to charging interest at 25% per annum plus origination fees. The customers repay the cash advance by making cash payments or allowing the check or preauthorized debit to be presented. Secured short-term products typically range from $750 to $5,000, and are asset-based consumer loans whereby the customer obtains cash and grants a security interest in the collateral that may become a lien against that collateral. Secured consumer loans represent 17.5% and 17.7% of short-term consumer loans at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

Medium-term consumer loans can be unsecured or secured with a maturity of three months up to thirty-six months. Unsecured medium-term products typically range from $100 to $5,000. These consumer loans vary in structure depending upon the regulatory environments where they are offered. The consumer loans are due in installments or provide for a line of credit with periodic monthly payments. Secured medium-term products, typically range from $750 to $5,000, and are asset-based consumer loans whereby the customer obtains cash and grants a security interest in the collateral that may become a lien against that collateral. Secured consumer loans represent 15.0% and 13.7% of medium-term consumer loans at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

In some instances the Company maintains debt-purchasing arrangements with third-party lenders. The Company accrues for these obligations through management’s estimation of anticipated purchases based on expected losses in the third-party lender’s portfolio. This obligation is recorded as a current liability on our balance sheet.

 

Total finance receivables, net of unearned advance fees and allowance for loan losses, on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 were $165.3 million, $159.7 million and $128.5 million, respectively. The decrease in net receivables from 2014 to 2015 is primarily due to the movement of short term consumer loan product to a CSO program as the Company elected to alter its business model in certain markets. The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 were $18.0 million, $30.4 million and $23.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, the allowance for loan losses were 9.8%, 16.0% and 15.7%, respectively, of total finance receivables, net of unearned advance fees.

 

Total finance receivables, net as of December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

Finance Receivables, net of unearned advance fees

 

$

183,338

 

$

190,032

 

$

152,393

 

Less: Allowance for loan losses

 

18,008

 

30,363

 

23,892

 

Finance Receivables, Net

 

$

165,330

 

$

159,669

 

$

128,501

 

 

The total changes to the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of Period

 

$

9,114

 

$

18,008

 

$

30,363

 

Provisions for loan losses

 

106,480

 

160,696

 

146,462

 

Charge-offs, net

 

(97,586

)

(148,341

)

(152,933

)

End of Period

 

$

18,008

 

$

30,363

 

$

23,892

 

Allowance as a percentage of finance receivables, net of unearned advance fees

 

9.8

%

16.0

%

15.7

%

 

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $8.9 million and third party lender losses of $35.6 million.  The increase in third party lender losses for 2015 as compared to the prior year is consistent with our transition to the provision for CSO services in certain markets.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $8.6 million and third party lender losses of $21.5 million.

 

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $8.0 million and third party lender losses of $12.4 million.

 

Goodwill, Equity Method Investments and Impairment

 

Management evaluates all long-lived assets for impairment annually as of December 31, or whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate an asset might be impaired, including goodwill and equity method investments. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets at the date of the acquisition and the excess of purchase price over identified net assets acquired.

 

Equity method investments represent investments over which the Company exercises significant influence over the activities of the entity but which do not meet the requirements for consolidation and are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Prior to April 1, 2013, the Company’s investment in Insight Holdings was accounted for under the equity method. As a result of extending a line of credit, the Company consolidated Insight Holdings effective as of April 1, 2013 until May 12, 2014, when it was sold and is now treated as a discontinued operation. See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

One of the methods that management employs in the review of such assets uses estimates of future cash flows. If the carrying value is considered impaired, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds its fair value. For equity method investments, an impairment charge is recorded if the decline in value is other than temporary. Management believes that its estimates of future cash flows and fair value are reasonable. Changes in estimates of such cash flows and fair value, however, could impact the estimated value of such assets.

 

There was no impairment loss for goodwill for either Retail financial services or Internet financial services during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

During 2014, CCFI’s majority shareholder, Diamond Castle Holdings, sold its shares of CCFI from existing limited partnerships to newly formed limited partnerships. CCFI recognized that the approximate share price at which the shares were transferred indicated a permanent change in share price and thus met the standard for qualitative factors that may indicate impairment. As a result, the Company conducted a test for impairment of goodwill for both the Retail financial and Internet services segments and recorded impairments for the Internet services segment of $13.5 million and for the Retail services segment of $58.6 million.  The remaining goodwill was related to the Retail services segment only as of December 31, 2014.

 

The Company conducted its annual test for impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2015 for the Retail financial services segment and concluded that our Retail financial services segment has an impairment of $68.0 million. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques.

 

The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques.

 

Income Taxes

 

During 2015, the Company filed federal income tax returns to carry back the net operating loss generated in 2014 and received a refund of approximately $2.6 million in 2015.  The Company generated a net operating loss of approximately $6.2 million in 2015, a portion of which will be carried back to 2013. The remaining net operating loss can be carried forward up to twenty years.

 

We record income taxes as applicable under generally accepted accounting principles. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce the deferred tax asset if it is more likely than not that some portion of the asset will not be realized. The Company recorded valuation allowances for the de-consolidation of Insight Holdings and the Company’s foreign operations for fiscal year 2014. During 2015, the Company recorded a partial valuation allowance on its existing deferred tax assets as their future utilization remains uncertain at this time.

 

Primarily as a result of the acquisition of CheckSmart (our predecessor in 2006) and California Check Cashing Stores (which we acquired in 2011), by their respective private equity sponsors at the time, we benefit from the tax amortization of the goodwill

 

44



Table of Contents

 

resulting from those transactions. For tax purposes, this goodwill amortizes over a 15-year period from the date of the acquisitions. Goodwill amortization of $27.1 million may result in cash tax savings up to $10.8 million at the expected combined rate of 40%. Under GAAP, our income tax expense for accounting purposes, however, does not reflect the impact of this deduction for the amortization of goodwill. This difference between our cash tax expense and our accrued income tax expense resulted in the creation of deferred income tax items on our balance sheet.

 

Non-Guarantor and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

As described in more detail under Note 22 Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information to our consolidated financial statements, we had six non-guarantor subsidiaries and one consolidated entity that is not a subsidiary (and, therefore, is not a guarantor).  As of December 31, 2015, of the entities classified as “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”, Buckeye Check Cashing of Florida II, LLC, CCFI Funding, and CCFI Funding II are “Unrestricted Subsidiaries” as defined in the indentures governing the 2019 notes and 2020 notes. Buckeye Check Cashing of Florida II, LLC was acquired on July 31, 2012, CCFI Funding was created on December 20, 2013, and CCFI Funding II was established on September 19, 2014. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, such unrestricted subsidiaries had total assets of $89.6 million and $90.7 million and total liabilities of $67.4 million and $69.4 million, respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, had total revenues of $89.9 million, $53.3 million and $23.8 million, total operating expenses of $55.1 million, $32.6 million and $20.4 million and income (loss) before income taxes of $19.5 million, $8.5 million and $(1.8) million, respectively.

 

See “Subsequent Events” on page 99 for a discussion of the transaction that resulted in the disposition of 43 Florida retail locations effective February 1, 2016.

 

Insight Holdings was also classified as a “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” because the Company consolidated the entity as of April 1, 2013.  For the year ended December 31, 2014, this entity is included in discontinued operations, net of tax, and the entity is not reflected for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The remainder of the entities included under “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”  are “Restricted Subsidiaries” as defined in the indentures governing the 2019 notes and 2020 notes and do not have material assets, liabilities, revenue or expenses.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth key operating data for our operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

Revenue %

 

2014

 

Revenue %

 

2015

 

Revenue %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Revenues

 

$

425,271

 

100.0

%

$

518,253

 

100.0

%

$

527,379

 

100.0

%

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

68,611

 

16.1

%

76,034

 

14.7

%

80,629

 

15.3

%

Provision for losses

 

126,854

 

29.8

%

190,725

 

36.8

%

191,009

 

36.2

%

Occupancy

 

27,103

 

6.4

%

30,232

 

5.8

%

31,104

 

5.9

%

Advertising and marketing

 

14,261

 

3.4

%

19,654

 

3.8

%

21,533

 

4.1

%

Lease termination

 

 

 

 

 

3,666

 

0.7

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

7,489

 

1.8

%

8,486

 

1.6

%

10,268

 

1.9

%

Other operating expenses

 

45,520

 

10.7

%

52,916

 

10.2

%

57,947

 

11.0

%

Total Operating Expenses

 

289,838

 

68.2

%

378,047

 

72.9

%

396,156

 

75.1

%

Income from Operations

 

135,433

 

31.8

%

140,206

 

27.1

%

131,223

 

24.9

%

Corporate and other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate expenses

 

62,899

 

14.8

%

79,724

 

15.4

%

89,584

 

17.0

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

6,757

 

1.6

%

5,763

 

1.1

%

5,408

 

1.0

%

Interest expense, net

 

52,075

 

12.2

%

55,342

 

10.7

%

58,982

 

11.2

%

Market value of stock repurchase obligation

 

(360

)

(0.1

)%

3,202

 

0.6

%

(1,000

)

(0.2

)%

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

72,105

 

13.9

%

68,017

 

12.9

%

Gain on equity method investments

 

(261

)

(0.1

)%

 

 

 

 

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

 

 

 

(47,976

)

(9.1

)%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

5,163

 

1.2

%

(29,695

)

(5.7

)%

27,259

 

5.2

%

Total corporate and other expenses

 

126,273

 

29.7

%

186,441

 

36.0

%

200,274

 

38.0

%

Net income (loss) before management fee

 

9,160

 

2.2

%

(46,235

)

(8.9

)%

(69,051

)

(13.1

)%

Sponsor management fee

 

1,310

 

0.3

%

1,245

 

0.2

%

961

 

0.2

%

Discontinued operations

 

(1,117

)

(0.3

)%

(4,585

)

(0.9

)%

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

 

$

6,733

 

1.6

%

$

(52,065

)

(10.0

)%

$

(70,012

)

(13.3

)%

 

45



Table of Contents

 

The following tables set forth key loan and check cashing operating data for our operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015:

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

Short-term Loan Operating Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan volume (originations and refinancing) (in thousands)

 

$

2,153,531

 

$

2,122,987

 

$

1,417,478

 

Number of loan transactions (in thousands)

 

4,985

 

5,032

 

3,689

 

Average new loan size

 

$

432

 

$

422

 

$

384

 

Average fee per new loan

 

$

47.22

 

$

47.63

 

$

48.45

 

Loan loss provision

 

$

79,129

 

$

87,308

 

$

63,014

 

Loan loss provision as a percentage of loan volume

 

3.7

%

4.1

%

4.4

%

Secured loans as percentage of total at December 31st

 

11.8

%

17.5

%

17.7

%

Medium-term Loan Operating Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance outstanding (in thousands)

 

$

58,350

 

$

97,460

 

$

78,665

 

Number of loans outstanding

 

50,266

 

72,885

 

63,477

 

Average balance outstanding

 

$

1,161

 

$

1,337

 

$

1,239

 

Weighted average monthly percentage rate

 

17.2

%

17.0

%

16.9

%

Allowance as a percentage of finance receivables

 

21.2

%

25.9

%

25.7

%

Loan loss provision

 

$

27,351

 

$

73,388

 

$

83,448

 

Secured loans as percentage of total at December 31st

 

20.3

%

15.0

%

13.7

%

Check Cashing Data (unaudited):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Face amount of checks cashed (in thousands)

 

$

2,847,670

 

$

2,847,165

 

$

2,607,052

 

Number of checks cashed (in thousands)

 

5,954

 

5,636

 

4,607

 

Face amount of average check

 

$

478

 

$

505

 

$

566

 

Average fee per check

 

$

14.08

 

$

14.15

 

$

13.64

 

Returned check expense

 

$

7,975

 

$

8,568

 

$

8,925

 

Returned check expense as a percent of face amount of checks cashed

 

0.3

%

0.3

%

0.3

%

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

Revenue

 

The following table sets forth revenue by product line and total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2015

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

2014

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Percent)

 

(Percent of Revenue)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term Consumer Loan Fees and Interest

 

$

239,300

 

$

178,750

 

$

(60,550

)

(25.3

)%

46.1

%

33.9

%

Medium-term Consumer Loan Fees and Interest

 

122,644

 

146,320

 

23,676

 

19.3

%

23.7

%

27.7

%

Credit Service Fees

 

41,496

 

106,328

 

64,832

 

156.2

%

8.0

%

20.2

%

Check Cashing Fees

 

79,744

 

62,826

 

(16,918

)

(21.2

)%

15.4

%

11.9

%

Prepaid Debit Card Services

 

7,552

 

8,742

 

1,190

 

15.8

%

1.5

%

1.7

%

Other Income

 

27,517

 

24,413

 

(3,104

)

(11.3

)%

5.3

%

4.6

%

Total Revenue

 

$

518,253

 

$

527,379

 

$

9,126

 

1.8

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, total revenue increased by $9.1 million, or 1.8%, compared to the same period in 2014. The majority of this growth is attributable to expansion of the internet installment portfolio.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Revenue from short-term consumer loan fees and interest for the year ended December 31, 2015, decreased $60.6 million, or 25.3%, compared to the same period in 2014. The decrease is primarily due to the successful transition of a portion of our portfolio to the CSO program in certain markets.

 

Revenue from medium-term consumer loan fees and interest for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased $23.7 million, or 19.3%, compared to the same period in 2014. We grew medium-term consumer loan revenue primarily through expansion of the internet installment portfolio. The continued shift in portfolio towards medium-term consumer loan revenue and the relative growth of this category resulted in an increase in the provision for loan losses for the year.

 

Revenue from credit service fees for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased $64.8 million, or 156.2%, compared to the same period in 2014. Credit service fee revenue increased as a result of the successful transition from short-term consumer loans in certain markets to the CSO program.

 

Revenue from check cashing fees for the year ended December 31, 2015, decreased $16.9 million, or 21.2%, compared to the same period in 2014. The decrease is primarily due to the transition of our short-term consumer loan portfolio to the CSO program in certain markets which has resulted in reduced loan-related check cashing.

 

Operating Expenses

 

The table below sets forth certain information regarding our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2015

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

2014

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Percent)

 

(Percent of Revenue)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

$

76,034

 

$

80,629

 

$

4,595

 

6.0

%

14.7

%

15.3

%

Provision for Loan Losses

 

190,725

 

191,009

 

284

 

0.1

%

36.8

%

36.2

%

Occupancy

 

30,232

 

31,104

 

872

 

2.9

%

5.8

%

5.9

%

Depreciation & Amortization

 

8,486

 

10,268

 

1,782

 

21.0

%

1.6

%

1.9

%

Advertising & Marketing

 

19,654

 

21,533

 

1,879

 

9.6

%

3.8

%

4.1

%

Bank Charges

 

5,339

 

5,731

 

392

 

7.3

%

1.0

%

1.1

%

Store Supplies

 

3,638

 

2,803

 

(835

)

(23.0

)%

0.7

%

0.5

%

Collection Expenses

 

3,103

 

3,233

 

130

 

4.2

%

0.6

%

0.6

%

Telecommunications

 

6,392

 

6,477

 

85

 

1.3

%

1.2

%

1.2

%

Security

 

2,912

 

2,874

 

(38

)

(1.3

)%

0.6

%

0.6

%

License & Other Taxes

 

1,787

 

1,829

 

42

 

2.4

%

0.3

%

0.4

%

Lease Termination Costs

 

 

3,666

 

3,666

 

100.0

%

0.0

%

0.7

%

Loss on Asset Disposal

 

136

 

1,808

 

1,672

 

100.0

%

0.0

%

0.3

%

Other Operating Expenses

 

29,609

 

33,192

 

3,583

 

12.1

%

5.8

%

6.3

%

Total Operating Expenses

 

378,047

 

396,156

 

18,109

 

4.8

%

72.9

%

75.1

%

Income from Operations

 

$

140,206

 

$

131,223

 

$

(8,983

)

(6.4

)%

27.1

%

24.9

%

 

Total operating expenses excluding lease termination costs and loss on asset disposal, increased by$12.8 million, or from 72.9% to 74.1% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the prior period. The increase is primarily due to marketing costs while we were executing a growth strategy in the first half of the year and, after the strategic shift to portfolio rationalization, a heightened focus on portfolio performance.

 

Salaries and benefits, as a percentage of revenue, increased from 14.7% to 15.3% as compared to the prior period; however, strategic cost savings measures such as consolidating underperforming retail locations, workforce reduction, and reducing operating hours have continued to reduce actual costs quarter over quarter during the second half of 2015.

 

The provision for loan losses grew $0.3 million, or 0.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, due to the growth of medium-term products and higher provisioning associated with internet expansion being offset by a decrease in short-term provisioning due to the transition to the CSO program. However, the benefit of changes in underwriting began to be realized in the third quarter and continued in to the fourth quarter of 2015.

 

Advertising and marketing expense increased by $1.9 million, or 9.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the prior period, primarily due to marketing activities focused on medium-term product expansion.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Lease termination costs represent the remaining lease obligation for closed retail locations as a result of retail location consolidation. Loss on asset disposal has increased as we have consolidated underperforming retail locations.

 

Other operating expenses increased by $3.6 million, or 12.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the prior period, primarily as a result of increased verification costs due to changes in our underwriting and a heightened focus on portfolio performance.

 

Corporate and Other Expenses

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our corporate and other expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

2015

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

2014

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Percent)

 

(Percent of Revenue)

 

Corporate Expenses

 

$

79,724

 

$

89,584

 

$

9,860

 

12.4

%

15.4

%

17.0

%

Depreciation & Amortization

 

5,763

 

5,408

 

(355

)

(6.2

)%

1.1

%

1.0

%

Sponsor Management Fee

 

1,245

 

961

 

(284

)

(22.8

)%

0.2

%

0.2

%

Interest expense, net

 

55,342

 

58,982

 

3,640

 

6.6

%

10.7

%

11.2

%

Stock Repurchase Obligation

 

3,202

 

(1,000

)

(4,202

)

(131.2

)%

0.6

%

(0.2

)%

Gain on Debt Extinguishment

 

 

(47,976

)

(47,976

)

(100.0

)%

0.0

%

(9.1

)%

Goodwill Impairment

 

72,105

 

68,017

 

(4,088

)

(5.7

)%

13.9

%

12.9

%

Discontinued Operations

 

4,585

 

 

(4,585

)

(100.0

)%

0.9

%

0.0

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(29,695

)

27,259

 

56,954

 

(191.8

)%

(5.7

)%

5.2

%

Total Corporate and Other Expenses

 

$

192,271

 

$

201,235

 

$

8,964

 

4.7

%

37.1

%

38.2

%

 

The increase in corporate expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year period, is primarily the result of growing our corporate compliance, risk and data analysis, and information technology functions.

 

Stock repurchase obligation is carried at fair market value and decreased by $4.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year primarily due to a decrease in the likelihood of the obligation requiring cash.

 

The gain on debt extinguishment is the result of repurchasing $66.3 million of our senior secured notes in December 2015.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the $68.0 million in goodwill impairment relates to the Retail financial services segment. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the $72.1 million goodwill impairment relates to the $58.6 million impairment of the Retail financial services segment and the $13.5 million impairment of the Internet financial services segment.  The remaining goodwill was related to the Retail services segment only as of December 31, 2014. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques.

 

In the prior year, the Company had an income tax benefit of 29,695. In 2015, the benefit was reduced by a $41,276 tax valuation allowance which resulted in a total income tax expense of $27,259.

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Segment Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014

 

The following tables present summarized financial information for the Company’s segments, Retail financial services and Internet financial services.

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Retail

 

% of

 

Internet

 

% of

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

(Income) Expenses

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

Total Assets

 

$

393,166

 

 

 

$

73,193

 

 

 

$

 

$

466,359

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

152,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

152,568

 

 

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

666

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

 

1,913

 

 

 

Total Revenues

 

$

393,243

 

100.0

%

$

134,136

 

100.0

%

$

 

$

527,379

 

100.0

%

Provision for Loan Losses

 

106,053

 

27.0

%

84,956

 

63.3

%

 

191,009

 

36.2

%

Other Operating Expenses

 

181,059

 

46.0

%

24,088

 

18.0

%

 

205,147

 

38.9

%

Operating Gross Profit

 

106,131

 

27.0

%

25,092

 

18.7

%

 

131,223

 

24.9

%

Interest Expense, net

 

38,939

 

9.9

%

20,043

 

14.9

%

 

58,982

 

11.2

%

Depreciation and Amortization

 

4,323

 

1.1

%

1,085

 

0.8

%

 

5,408

 

1.0

%

Goodwill impairment

 

68,017

 

17.3

%

 

 

 

68,017

 

12.9

%

Market Value of Stock Repurchase Obligation

 

(1,000

)

(0.3

)%

 

 

 

(1,000

)

(0.2

)%

Gain on Debt Extinguishment (a)

 

 

 

 

 

(47,976

)

(47,976

)

(9.1

)%

Other Corporate Expenses (a)

 

 

 

 

 

90,545

 

90,545

 

17.2

%

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations, before tax

 

(4,148

)

(1.1

)%

3,964

 

3.0

%

(42,569

)

(42,753

)

(8.1

)%

 


(a) Represents income and expenses not associated directly with operations that are not allocated between reportable segments. Therefore, the Company has elected to disclose the gain in debt extinguishment and all other corporate expenses as unallocated.

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Retail

 

% of

 

Internet

 

% of

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

(Income) Expenses

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

Total Assets

 

$

513,152

 

 

 

$

65,237

 

 

 

$

 

$

578,389

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

222,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222,565

 

 

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

1,682

 

 

 

1,863

 

 

 

 

3,545

 

 

 

Total Revenues

 

$

403,762

 

100.0

%

$

114,491

 

100.0

%

$

 

$

518,253

 

100.0

%

Provision for Loan Losses

 

116,794

 

28.9

%

73,931

 

64.6

%

 

190,725

 

36.8

%

Other Operating Expenses

 

167,880

 

41.6

%

19,442

 

17.0

%

 

187,322

 

36.1

%

Operating Gross Profit

 

119,088

 

29.5

%

21,118

 

18.4

%

 

140,206

 

27.1

%

Goodwill impairment

 

58,647

 

14.5

%

13,458

 

11.8

%

 

72,105

 

13.9

%

Interest Expense, net

 

41,088

 

10.2

%

14,254

 

12.4

%

 

55,342

 

10.7

%

Depreciation and Amortization

 

4,086

 

1.0

%

1,677

 

1.5

%

 

5,763

 

1.1

%

Market Value of Stock Repurchase Obligation

 

3,202

 

0.8

%

 

 

 

3,202

 

0.6

%

Other Corporate Expenses (a)

 

 

 

 

 

80,969

 

80,969

 

15.6

%

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations, before tax

 

12,065

 

3.0

%

(8,271

)

(7.2

)%

(80,969

)

(77,175

)

(14.9

)%

 


(a) Represents expenses not associated directly with operations that are not allocated between reportable segments. Therefore, the Company has elected to disclose all other corporate expenses as unallocated expenses.

 

Retail Financial Services

 

Retail financial services represented 74.6%, or $393.2 million of consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015 which was a decrease of $10.5 million, or 2.6%, over the prior period primarily due to heightened underwriting beginning in the second quarter of 2015.

 

The provision for loan losses decreased as a percentage of revenue primarily as a result of heightened underwriting in the second half of 2015. Other operating expenses increased primarily due to new store expenses in the first half of the year and, after the change in strategy in the second quarter, store closure costs in the latter half of the year.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Internet Financial Services

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, total revenues contributed by our Internet financial services segment were $134.1 million, an increase of $19.6 million, or 17.2%, over the prior year comparable period. The provision for loans losses increased by $11.0 million but decreased as a percentage of revenue from 64.6% to 63.3%, benefiting from a heightened focus on portfolio performance. Operating gross profit of $25.1 million is an increase of $4.0 million over the comparable prior period and also improved to 18.7% of revenue.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

Revenue

 

The following table sets forth revenue by product line and total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2014

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Percent)

 

(Percent of Revenue)

 

Short-term Consumer Loan Fees and Interest

 

$

235,019

 

$

239,300

 

$

4,281

 

1.8

%

55.3

%

46.1

%

Medium-term Consumer Loan Fees and Interest

 

55,385

 

122,644

 

67,259

 

121.4

%

13.1

%

23.7

%

Credit Service Fees

 

19,302

 

41,497

 

22,195

 

115.0

%

4.5

%

8.0

%

Check Cashing Fees

 

83,822

 

79,743

 

(4,079

)

(4.9

)%

19.7

%

15.4

%

Prepaid Debit Card Services

 

6,075

 

7,552

 

1,477

 

24.3

%

1.4

%

1.5

%

Other Income

 

25,668

 

27,517

 

1,849

 

7.2

%

6.0

%

5.3

%

Total Revenue

 

$

425,271

 

$

518,253

 

$

92,982

 

21.9

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, total revenue increased by $93.0 million, or 21.9%, compared to the same period in 2013. The majority of this growth came from new stores, expansion of the internet portfolios, and other organic retail growth.

 

Revenue from short-term consumer loan fees and interest for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $4.3 million, or 1.8%, compared to the same period in 2013. Growth from our internet segment and new stores was partially offset by the transition of a portion of our portfolio to the CSO program in certain markets.

 

Revenue from medium-term consumer loans for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $67.3 million, or 121.4%, compared to the same period in 2013. We grew medium-term consumer loan revenue primarily through expansion of our internet installment portfolios.

 

Revenue from credit service fees for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $22.2 million, or 115.0%, compared to the same period in 2013. Credit service fee revenue increased as a result of transitioning short-term consumer loans in certain markets to the CSO program.

 

Revenue from check cashing fees for the year ended December 31, 2014, decreased $4.1 million, or 4.9%, compared to the same period in 2013. The decrease is primarily due to the transition of our short-term consumer loan portfolio to the CSO program in certain markets which has resulted in reduced loan-related check cashing.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Operating Expenses

 

The table below sets forth certain information regarding our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2014

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Percent)

 

(Percent of Revenue)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and Benefits

 

$

68,611

 

$

76,034

 

$

7,423

 

10.8

%

16.1

%

14.7

%

Provision for Loan Losses

 

126,854

 

190,725

 

63,871

 

50.4

%

29.8

%

36.8

%

Occupancy

 

27,103

 

30,232

 

3,129

 

11.5

%

6.4

%

5.8

%

Depreciation & Amortization

 

7,489

 

8,486

 

997

 

13.3

%

1.8

%

1.6

%

Advertising & Marketing

 

14,261

 

19,654

 

5,393

 

37.8

%

3.4

%

3.8

%

Bank Charges

 

4,236

 

5,339

 

1,103

 

26.0

%

1.0

%

1.0

%

Store Supplies

 

2,986

 

3,638

 

652

 

21.8

%

0.7

%

0.7

%

Collection Expenses

 

3,286

 

3,103

 

(183

)

(5.6

)%

0.8

%

0.6

%

Telecommunications

 

5,524

 

6,392

 

868

 

15.7

%

1.3

%

1.2

%

Security

 

2,470

 

2,912

 

442

 

17.9

%

0.6

%

0.6

%

License & Other Taxes

 

1,729

 

1,787

 

58

 

3.4

%

0.4

%

0.3

%

Other Operating Expenses

 

25,289

 

29,745

 

4,456

 

17.6

%

5.8

%

5.8

%

Total Operating Expenses

 

289,838

 

378,047

 

88,209

 

30.4

%

68.2

%

72.9

%

Income from Operations

 

$

135,433

 

$

140,206

 

$

4,773

 

3.5

%

31.8

%

27.1

%

 

Excluding provision for loan losses, total operating expenses decreased as a percentage of revenue from 38.3% to 36.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year evidencing the realization of operating leverage as a result of expanding our revenue through portfolio growth.  The provision for loan losses grew $63.9 million, or from 29.8% to 36.8% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2014 due to growth of the internet segment portfolio, higher bad debt related to new store openings, and a continued general shift towards longer term products.

 

As a percentage of revenue, salaries and benefits decreased from 16.1% to 14.7%, and occupancy decreased from 6.4% to 5.8% as compared to the prior year.  The decrease is a result of the realization of operating leverage from expanding our revenue through portfolio growth.

 

Advertising and marketing expense increased by $5.4 million, or 37.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year period, primarily due to marketing activities attributable to growing our internet portfolios.

 

Other operating expenses increased by $4.5 million, or 17.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the prior year period, primarily as a result of new stores and costs associated with expanding our internet portfolio.

 

Corporate and Other Expenses

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our corporate and other expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

2013

 

2014

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Percent)

 

(Percent of Revenue)

 

Corporate Expenses

 

$

62,638

 

$

79,724

 

$

17,086

 

27.3

%

14.7

%

15.4

%

Depreciation & Amortization

 

6,757

 

5,763

 

(994

)

(14.7

)%

1.6

%

1.1

%

Sponsor Management Fee

 

1,310

 

1,245

 

(65

)

(5.0

)%

0.3

%

0.2

%

Interest expense, net

 

52,075

 

55,342

 

3,267

 

6.3

%

12.2

%

10.7

%

Stock Repurchase Obligation

 

(360

)

3,202

 

3,562

 

(989.4

)%

(0.1

)%

0.6

%

Goodwill Impairment

 

 

72,105

 

72,105

 

100.0

%

0.0

%

13.9

%

Discontinued Operations

 

1,117

 

4,585

 

3,468

 

0.0

%

0.3

%

0.9

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

5,163

 

(29,695

)

(34,858

)

(675.2

)%

1.2

%

(5.7

)%

Total Corporate and Other Expenses

 

$

128,700

 

$

192,271

 

$

63,571

 

49.4

%

30.3

%

37.1

%

 

Excluding the goodwill impairment, total corporate and other expenses decreased by $8.5 million, or 6.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the prior period in 2013. The expansion of corporate functions supporting our growth and rising health care costs are the primary reason corporate expenses increased, by $17.1 million, or 27.3%, during the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to the prior period in 2013.

 

Interest expense increased by $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the prior year as a result of borrowing to support our portfolio growth.

 

Discontinued operations of $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes $4.4 million of capital losses on the sale of Insight Holdings and an operating loss of $0.2 million attributable to Insight Holdings.  The operating loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $1.1 million.

 

The stock repurchase obligation is carried at fair market value. The expense of $3.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 increased as compared to ($0.4 million) for the same period in 2013,  primarily due to an increase in the likelihood of the obligation requiring cash settlement.

 

The $72.1 million goodwill impairment relates to the $58.6 million impairment of the Retail financial services segment and the $13.5 million impairment of the Internet financial services segment as described above.  The impairment test was prompted by CCFI’s majority shareholder, Diamond Castle Holdings, selling its shares of CCFI from existing limited partnerships to newly formed limited partnerships. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques.

 

Income tax expense decreased by $34.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the same period in 2013 due to the goodwill impairment effect on the income tax provision.

 

Segment Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013

 

The following tables present summarized financial information for the Company’s segments, Retail financial services and Internet financial services:

 

52



Table of Contents

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Retail

 

% of

 

Internet

 

% of

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

(Income) Expenses

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

Total Assets

 

$

513,152

 

 

 

$

65,237

 

 

 

$

 

$

578,389

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

222,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222,565

 

 

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

1,682

 

 

 

1,863

 

 

 

 

3,545

 

 

 

Total Revenues

 

$

403,762

 

100.0

%

$

114,491

 

100.0

%

$

 

$

518,253

 

100.0

%

Provision for Loan Losses

 

116,794

 

28.9

%

73,931

 

64.6

%

 

190,725

 

36.8

%

Other Operating Expenses

 

167,880

 

41.6

%

19,442

 

17.0

%

 

187,322

 

36.1

%

Operating Gross Profit

 

119,088

 

29.5

%

21,118

 

18.4

%

 

140,206

 

27.1

%

Goodwill impairment

 

58,647

 

14.5

%

13,458

 

11.8

%

 

72,105

 

13.9

%

Interest Expense, net

 

41,088

 

10.2

%

14,254

 

12.4

%

 

55,342

 

10.7

%

Depreciation and Amortization

 

4,086

 

1.0

%

1,677

 

1.5

%

 

5,763

 

1.1

%

Market Value of Stock Repurchase Obligation

 

3,202

 

0.8

%

 

 

 

3,202

 

0.6

%

Other Corporate Expenses (a)

 

 

 

 

 

80,969

 

80,969

 

15.6

%

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations, before tax

 

12,065

 

3.0

%

(8,271

)

(7.2

)%

(80,969

)

(77,175

)

(14.9

)%

 


(a) Represents expenses not associated directly with operations that are not allocated between reportable segments. Therefore, the Company has elected to disclose all other corporate expenses as unallocated expenses.

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Retail

 

% of

 

Internet

 

% of

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

(Income) Expenses

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

Total Assets

 

$

605,276

 

 

 

$

48,492

 

 

 

$

 

$

653,768

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

298,861

 

 

 

13,673

 

 

 

 

312,534

 

 

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

20,086

 

 

 

3,286

 

 

 

 

23,372

 

 

 

Total Revenues

 

$

372,040

 

100.0

%

$

53,231

 

100.0

%

$

 

$

425,271

 

100.0

%

Provision for Loan Losses

 

93,471

 

25.1

%

33,383

 

62.7

%

 

126,854

 

29.9

%

Other Operating Expenses

 

151,716

 

40.8

%

11,268

 

21.2

%

 

162,984

 

38.3

%

Operating Gross Profit

 

126,853

 

34.1

%

8,580

 

16.1

%

 

135,433

 

31.8

%

Gain on Equity Method Investment

 

(261

)

(0.1

)%

 

 

 

(261

)

(0.1

)%

Interest Expense, net

 

48,877

 

13.1

%

3,198

 

6.0

%

 

52,075

 

12.2

%

Depreciation and Amortization

 

4,710

 

1.3

%

2,047

 

3.8

%

 

6,757

 

1.6

%

Market Value of Stock Repurchase Obligation

 

(360

)

(0.1

)%

 

 

 

(360

)

(0.1

)%

Other Corporate Expenses (a)

 

 

 

 

 

64,209

 

64,209

 

15.1

%

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations, before tax

 

73,887

 

19.9

%

3,335

 

6.3

%

(64,209

)

13,013

 

3.1

%

 


(a) Represents expenses not associated directly with operations that are not allocated between reportable segments. Therefore, the Company has elected to disclose all other corporate expenses as unallocated expenses.

 

Retail Financial Services

 

Retail financial services represented 77.9%, or $403.8 million, of consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 which was an increase of $31.7 million, or 8.5%, over the prior period due to new stores, and primarily due to strong organic growth in our medium-term consumer loan portfolios.

 

The provision for loan losses increased as a percentage of revenue as a result of the continued shift to longer term products and the higher provisioning related to new stores. Other operating expenses increased as a percentage of revenue due to new store openings. New stores require a period of time to gain market share and revenue prior to achieving operating leverage. Higher provisioning and the impact of new stores reduced overall gross profit as a percentage of revenue.

 

The $58.6 million impairment was prompted by CCFI’s majority shareholder, Diamond Castle Holdings, selling its shares of CCFI from existing limited partnerships to newly formed limited partnerships as described above. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques.

 

Internet Financial Services

 

                For the year ended December 31, 2014, total revenues contributed by our Internet financial services segment was $114.5 million, an increase of $61.3 million, or 115.1%, over the year ended December 31, 2013. As the Company expanded this segment, the mix of products shifted towards medium-term products resulting in higher provision for loan losses.  Other operating expenses in the most recent year increased by $8.2 million but fell as a percentage of total revenue to 17.0% versus 21.2% in 2013, primarily as a result of operating leverage resulting from expanding the segment.  Operating gross profit of $21.1 million is an

 

53



Table of Contents

 

increase of $12.5 million over the comparable prior period and also improved to 18.4% of revenue. The increase in operating gross profit was driven by an increase in net revenue.

 

The $13.5 million impairment was prompted by CCFI’s majority shareholder, Diamond Castle Holdings, selling its shares of CCFI from existing limited partnerships to newly formed limited partnerships as described above. The remaining goodwill was related to the Retail services segment only as of December 31, 2014. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

We have historically funded our liquidity needs through cash flow from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facilities. We believe that cash flow from operations and available cash, together with availability to access existing and future credit facilities, will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. Beyond the immediate future, funding capital expenditures, working capital and debt requirements will depend on our future financial performance, which is subject to many economic, commercial, financial and other factors that are beyond our control. In addition, these factors may require us to pursue alternative sources of capital such as asset-specific financing, incurrence of additional indebtedness, or asset sales.

 

Full-Year Cash Flow Analysis

 

The table below summarizes our cash flows for each of the years specified below:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

$

161,005

 

$

195,184

 

$

195,145

 

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

(177,730

)

(207,189

)

(180,501

)

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

 

27,992

 

(572

)

6,563

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

11,267

 

(12,577

)

21,207

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities. During 2015, net cash provided by operating activities was $195.1 million compared to $195.2 million during the prior year period. The primary source of cash was net income, net of the non-cash impact of provisioning and goodwill impairment.

 

During 2014, net cash provided by operating activities was $195.2 million compared to $161.0 million during the prior year comparable period, an increase of $34.2 million. Cash flows from operating activities increased primarily due to net income, net of the non-cash impact of provisioning and goodwill impairment.

 

During 2013, net cash provided by operating activities was $161.0 million. The primary source of cash was net income, net of the non-cash impact of increased provisioning.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities. During 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $180.5 million compared to $207.2 million during the prior year period. The primary use of cash in 2015 was for $159.7 million in loan originations.

 

During 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $207.2 million compared to $177.7 million in 2013. The primary use of cash in 2014 was for $184.4 million in loan originations as the Company continued to grow its portfolios.

 

During 2013, net cash used in investing activities was $177.7 million. The primary use of cash in 2013 was for $162.9 million in loan originations, which increased as a result of continuing growth of the Company’s portfolios.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities during 2015 was $6.6 million. The primary source of cash was a $27.2 million draw on our revolving credit facility offset by $18.3 million in payments for the repurchase of senior secured notes.

 

Net cash used in financing activities during 2014 was $0.6 million. The primary sources of cash were $34.1 million in proceeds from subsidiary notes offset by $25.0 million in revolving credit facility payments and $8.1 million in non-guarantor subsidiary notes payments.

 

54



Table of Contents

 

Net cash provided by financing activities during 2013 was $28.0 million. The primary sources of cash were a $25.0 million draw on our revolving credit facility, and $8.1 million in proceeds from a subsidiary note.

 

Financing Instruments

 

The indentures governing our senior secured notes contain certain covenants and events of default that are customary with respect to non-investment grade debt securities, including limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, create liens and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies. The agreement governing our $31.7 million revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, create liens and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies, in each case to the same extent as the indentures governing our notes.  As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with these covenants.

 

The revolving credit facility due April 2015 was amended in March 2015 and is now structured as a $31.7 million revolving credit facility with an accordion feature that allows the Company to request an increase in the revolving credit facility of up to $40.0 million in total availability, so long as no event of default exists. The revolving credit facility is a two-year facility scheduled to mature on March 27, 2017. The interest rate is one-month LIBOR plus 14% with a 15% floor, and there is a make-whole payment if the revolving principal balance falls below 85% of the aggregate commitment on or before September 27, 2016. The 1-month LIBOR rate was 0.24% and 0.15% at December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively, and the prime rate was 3.25% at both December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014. The revolving credit facility includes an undrawn line fee of 3.0% of any unused commitments.

 

The Alabama revolving credit facility was renewed in February 2016 with a maturity of July 2017.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we repurchased $66.3 million of our senior secured notes resulting in a $48.0 million gain on debt extinguishment. We may continue to repurchase our outstanding debt, including in the open market through privately negotiated transactions, by exercising redemption rights through affiliates or otherwise and such repurchases may be material.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, we spent $15.3 million, $26.0 million, and $20.0 million, respectively, on capital expenditures.  These expenditures are primarily due to re-branding stores in select markets, opening stores in the Alabama and Tennessee markets, and capital leases during 2013. Capital expenditures during 2014 were primarily for capital leases, development costs on the POS system, and continuing to open stores in the Alabama and Tennessee markets. Capital expenditures during 2015 were primarily for development costs on the POS system and opening retail locations in the Alabama, Florida, Tennessee, and Virginia markets. The decrease in 2015 compared to the prior year is due to the Company making the strategic decision, during the third quarter, to only open certain retail locations that were in process and capital expenditures have slowed during the remainder of the year.

 

Seasonality

 

Our business is seasonal based on the liquidity and cash flow needs of our customers. Customers’ cash tax refund checks primarily in the first calendar quarter of each year which is traditionally our strongest check cashing quarter. We typically see our loan portfolio decline in the first quarter as a result of the consumer liquidity created through income tax refund checks. Following the first quarter, we typically see our loan portfolio expand through the balance of the year with the third and fourth quarters showing the strongest loan demand due to the holiday season.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

The table below summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2015:

 

55



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Total

 

2016

 

2017 - 2018

 

2019 - 2020

 

After 2020

 

Operating Leases

 

$

75,105

 

$

25,001

 

$

34,658

 

$

12,598

 

$

2,848

 

Capital Leases

 

3,308

 

1,697

 

1,611

 

 

 

Senior secured notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

353,716

 

 

 

353,716

 

 

Interest

 

131,868

 

38,524

 

77,049

 

16,295

 

 

Total Senior Secured Notes

 

485,584

 

38,524

 

77,049

 

370,011

 

 

Related Party notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

10,097

 

10,097

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

627

 

627

 

 

 

 

Total Related Party Notes Payable

 

10,724

 

10,724

 

 

 

 

Borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

27,200

 

 

27,200

 

 

 

Interest (1)

 

5,439

 

4,351

 

1,088

 

 

 

Total borrowings under Revolving Credit Facility

 

32,639

 

4,351

 

28,288

 

 

 

Borrowings under Subsidiary Note Payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

36,154

 

214

 

35,118

 

822

 

 

Interest

 

6,607

 

5,837

 

553

 

217

 

 

Total borrowings under Subsidiary Note Payable

 

42,761

 

6,051

 

35,671

 

1,039

 

 

Total

 

$

650,121

 

$

86,348

 

$

177,277

 

$

383,648

 

$

2,848

 

 


(1) Contractual interest obligations for the revolving credit facility includes cash payments we expect to make with respect to an administrative fee of 0.5% and an undrawn line fee of 3.00% of the unused commitments under the revolving credit facility.

 

Existing Indebtedness. In connection with the California Acquisition, we issued $395 million aggregate principal amount of our senior secured notes, and $328.7 million remain outstanding as of December 31, 2015. The notes have an interest rate of 10.75%, payable semi-annually, and will mature in April of 2019. The proceeds were used to refinance debt, pay fees and expenses, and to finance a dividend payment to shareholders.

 

On July 6, 2012, we completed an offering of $25.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior secured notes, which will mature on May 1, 2020. Other than the interest rate and the maturity date, the terms of such notes are substantially similar to the terms of the 10.75% senior secured notes described above, except that such notes are not freely tradable.

 

Our Alabama subsidiary also maintains a $7.0 million revolving line of credit that was undrawn as of December 31, 2015.

 

Concurrent with the offering of senior secured notes consummated in connection with the California Acquisition, we also entered into a four-year, $40 million revolving credit facility.  The revolving credit facility due April 2015 was amended in March 2015 and is now structured as a $31.7 million revolving credit facility with an accordion feature that allows the Company to request an increase in the revolving credit facility of up to $40.0 million in total availability, so long as no event of default exists. The revolving credit facility is a two-year facility scheduled to mature on March 27, 2017.

 

A non-guarantor subsidiary of the Company issued a series of related party seller notes payable as a portion of the consideration for the Florida Acquisition. The related party Florida seller notes are secured by the assets of the subsidiary. The related party Florida seller notes have been valued on the balance sheet at their fair market value reflecting an implied interest rate of 12.75%. All of the related party Florida seller notes mature in August 2016. The related party Florida seller notes contain certain covenants and provisions which are enforceable upon the non-guarantor subsidiary. The related party Florida seller notes are non-recourse to the Company and the guarantor subsidiaries. The non-guarantor subsidiary may offset against the related party Florida seller notes for certain adjustments and indemnification related to the Florida Acquisition.

 

On September 19, 2014, we created a non-guarantor subsidiary in order to fund growth in our internet portfolios. The non-guarantor subsidiary funding came from a $35.0 million subsidiary note, which was used to purchase loans from guarantor subsidiaries.

 

On July 19, 2014, a guarantor subsidiary of the Company entered in to a $1.4 million term note with a non-related entity for the acquisition of a share of an airplane.  We recorded our $1.1 million share of the joint note, but both parties are joint and severally liable. The joint note had an outstanding balance of $1.3 million at December 31, 2015 and our share of the note was $1.0 million.

 

On December 31, 2014, the Company entered in to a $0.5 million term note for licensed software and services.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Impact of Inflation

 

Our results of operations are not materially impacted by fluctuations in inflation.

 

Balance Sheet Variations

 

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, money orders payable and revolving advances vary because of seasonal and day-to-day requirements resulting primarily from maintaining cash for cashing checks and making loans, and the receipt and remittance of cash from the sale of prepaid debit cards, wire transfers, money orders and the processing of bill payments.

 

Loan Portfolio

 

As of December 31, 2015, we were licensed to offer loans in 34 states and had ceased all foreign operations in order to focus on domestic operations. We have established a loan loss allowance in respect of our loans receivable at a level that our management believes to be adequate to absorb known or probable losses from loans made by us and accruals for losses in respect of loans made by third parties. Our policy for determining the loan loss allowance is based on historical experience, as well as our management’s review and analysis of the payment and collection of the loans within prior periods. All loans and services, regardless of type, are made in accordance with state regulations, and, therefore, the terms of the loans and services may vary from state to state. Loan fees and interest are earned on loans. Products which allow for an upfront fee are recognized over the loan term. Other products’ interest is earned over the term of the loan.

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, our total finance receivables net of unearned advance fees were approximately $190.0 million and $152.4 million, respectively.

 

Investee Companies

 

Insight Holdings, the previously consolidated VIE, together with each of its members, closed a transaction whereby each sold their entire interest in Insight Holdings. The Company owned 22.7% of membership units that were sold. Additionally, the Company terminated the $3.0 million revolving credit facility to Insight Holdings.  Insight Holdings was consolidated for the period from April 2013 to May 2014 and its operations have been classified as discontinued on the consolidated statement of operations.

 

Equity Method Investments

 

Entities and investments over which the Company exercises significant influence over the activities of the entity but which do not meet the requirements for consolidation are accounted for using the equity method of accounting pursuant to ASC 323, Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures, whereby the Company records its share of the underlying income or losses of these entities. Intercompany profit arising from transactions with affiliates is eliminated to the extent of its beneficial interest. Equity in losses of equity method investments is not recognized after the carrying value of an investment, including advances and loans, has been reduced to zero, unless guarantees or other funding obligations exist.

 

The Company evaluated its equity method investment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such investments may not be recoverable. The difference between the carrying value of the equity method investment and its estimated fair value is recognized as impairment when the loss in value is deemed other than temporary. The fair value of the equity method investments is estimated based on discounted cash flow models using projected earnings before interest, depreciation, amortization and income taxes (“EBITDA”). The discount rate applied to the projected EBITDA is determined based on the weighted average cost of capital for the Company.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

In certain markets, the Company arranges for consumers to obtain consumer loan products from one of several independent third-party lenders whereby the Company acts as a facilitator. For consumer loan products originated by third-party lenders under the programs, each lender is responsible for providing the criteria by which the consumer’s application is underwritten and, if approved, determining the amount of the consumer loan. The Company in turn is responsible for assessing whether or not the Company will guarantee such loans. When a consumer executes an agreement with the Company under the programs, the Company agrees, for a fee payable to the Company by the consumer, to provide certain services to the consumer, one of which is to guarantee the consumer’s obligation to repay the loan received by the consumer from the third-party lender if the consumer fails to do so. The guarantee represents an obligation to purchase specific loans that go into default. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the outstanding amount of active consumer loans was $40.6 million and $52.7 million, respectively, which were guaranteed by the Company. The loan

 

57



Table of Contents

 

loss reserve which represents the estimated fair value of the liability for estimated losses on consumer loans guaranteed by the Company was $2.6 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease in 2015 compared to the prior year is due to a tightening of underwriting coupled with competitive forces.

 

ITEM 7A.                        QUANTATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

As of December 31, 2015, we have no material market risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading or other purposes, as defined by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Interest rate risk

 

The cash and cash equivalents reflected on our balance sheet represent largely uninvested cash in our branches and cash-in-transit. The amount of interest income we earn on these funds will decline with a decline in interest rates. However, due to the short-term nature of short-term investment grade securities and money market accounts, an immediate decline in interest rates would not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

As of December 31, 2015, we had $430.2 million of indebtedness, of which, our revolving credit facility is subject to variable interest rates based on Prime and LIBOR rates and was undrawn as of December 31, 2015. In addition, we have access to $10.0 million of lines of credit which are subject to variable interest rates.

 

58




Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/ RSM US LLP

 

 

 

Raleigh, North Carolina

 

March 30, 2016

 

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2015 and 2014

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

98,941

 

$

77,734

 

Restricted cash

 

3,460

 

3,877

 

Finance receivables, net of allowance for loan losses of $20,552 and $22,775

 

119,704

 

140,418

 

Short-term investments, certificates of deposit

 

1,115

 

1,115

 

Card related pre-funding and receivables

 

1,674

 

2,606

 

Other current assets

 

17,011

 

25,840

 

Deferred tax asset, net

 

 

12,770

 

Total current assets

 

241,905

 

264,360

 

Noncurrent Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Finance receivables, net of allowance for loan losses of $3,340 and $7,588

 

8,797

 

19,251

 

Property, leasehold improvements and equipment, net

 

46,085

 

39,635

 

Goodwill

 

152,568

 

222,565

 

Other intangible assets

 

1,913

 

3,545

 

Security deposits

 

3,098

 

2,653

 

Deferred tax asset, net

 

5,165

 

17,052

 

Deferred debt issuance costs

 

6,828

 

9,328

 

Total assets

 

$

466,359

 

$

578,389

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

34,616

 

$

36,376

 

Money orders payable

 

11,233

 

9,090

 

Accrued interest

 

6,707

 

8,189

 

Current portion of capital lease obligation

 

1,567

 

1,166

 

Current portion of related party Florida seller notes

 

10,097

 

2,786

 

Current portion of subsidiary notes payable

 

214

 

383

 

Deferred revenue

 

3,154

 

2,993

 

Total current liabilities

 

67,588

 

60,983

 

Noncurrent Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

Lease termination payable

 

1,322

 

 

Capital lease obligation

 

1,485

 

1,806

 

Stock repurchase obligation

 

3,130

 

4,130

 

Lines of credit

 

27,200

 

 

Subsidiary notes payable

 

35,940

 

33,754

 

Related party Florida seller notes

 

 

9,346

 

Senior secured notes

 

353,716

 

420,000

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,982

 

Total liabilities

 

490,381

 

533,001

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, 3,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 300,000 authorized shares and 8,982 outstanding shares at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

 

90

 

90

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

128,331

 

127,729

 

Retained deficit

 

(152,443

)

(82,431

)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

(24,022

)

45,388

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

466,359

 

$

578,389

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

61



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance receivable fees

 

$

325,070

 

$

361,944

 

$

290,404

 

Credit Service Fees

 

106,328

 

41,497

 

19,302

 

Check cashing fees

 

62,826

 

79,743

 

83,822

 

Card fees

 

8,742

 

7,552

 

6,075

 

Other

 

24,413

 

27,517

 

25,668

 

Total revenues

 

527,379

 

518,253

 

425,271

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

80,629

 

76,034

 

68,611

 

Provision for loan losses

 

191,009

 

190,725

 

126,854

 

Occupancy

 

31,104

 

30,232

 

27,103

 

Advertising and marketing

 

21,533

 

19,654

 

14,261

 

Lease termination

 

3,666

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

10,268

 

8,486

 

7,489

 

Other

 

57,947

 

52,916

 

45,520

 

Total operating expenses

 

396,156

 

378,047

 

289,838

 

Operating gross profit

 

131,223

 

140,206

 

135,433

 

Corporate and other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate expenses

 

90,545

 

80,969

 

64,209

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

5,408

 

5,763

 

6,757

 

Interest expense, net

 

58,982

 

55,342

 

52,075

 

Market value of stock repurchase obligation

 

(1,000

)

3,202

 

(360

)

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

(47,976

)

 

 

Gain on equity method investments

 

 

 

(261

)

Goodwill impairment

 

68,017

 

72,105

 

 

Total corporate and other expenses

 

173,976

 

217,381

 

122,420

 

Income (loss)from continuing operations, before tax

 

(42,753

)

(77,175

)

13,013

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

27,259

 

(29,695

)

5,163

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

 

(70,012

)

(47,480

)

7,850

 

Discontinued operations (net of (benefit) for income taxes of $-0-, ($1,422) and ($746)

 

 

(4,585

)

(1,117

)

Net income (loss)

 

(70,012

)

(52,065

)

6,733

 

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

 

 

(297

)

(1,444

)

Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests

 

$

(70,012

)

$

(51,768

)

$

8,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts attributable to Community Choice Financial shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

 

$

(70,012

)

$

(47,480

)

$

7,850

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

(4,288

)

327

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Community Choice Financial shareholders

 

$

(70,012

)

$

(51,768

)

$

8,177

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Non-controlling

 

Retained

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Interest

 

Deficit

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

8,981,536

 

$

90

 

$

122,963

 

$

 

$

(38,840

)

$

84,213

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,670

 

 

 

1,670

 

Non-controlling interests conversion elimination

 

 

 

 

27,872

 

 

27,872

 

Extinguishment of note payable to stockholder

 

 

 

854

 

 

 

854

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

(1,444

)

8,177

 

6,733

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

8,981,536

 

$

90

 

$

125,487

 

$

26,428

 

$

(30,663

)

$

121,342

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

2,349

 

 

 

2,349

 

Restricted stock unit repurchase

 

 

 

(107

)

 

 

(107

)

De-consolidation of Insight Holdings

 

 

 

 

(25,744

)

 

(25,744

)

Member distribution

 

 

 

 

(387

)

 

(387

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(297

)

(51,768

)

(52,065

)

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

8,981,536

 

$

90

 

$

127,729

 

 

$

(82,431

)

$

45,388

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

602

 

 

 

602

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(70,012

)

(70,012

)

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

8,981,536

 

$

90

 

$

128,331

 

$

 

$

(152,443

)

$

(24,022

)

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(70,012

)

$

(52,065

)

$

6,733

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

191,009

 

190,725

 

126,854

 

Loss on deconsolidation of Insight Holdings

 

 

4,585

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

68,017

 

72,105

 

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

1,808

 

136

 

55

 

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

(47,976

)

 

 

Gain on equity method investments

 

 

 

(261

)

Depreciation

 

13,909

 

11,071

 

9,671

 

Amortization of note discount and deferred debt issuance costs

 

3,015

 

2,665

 

2,599

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

1,767

 

4,319

 

6,977

 

Deferred income taxes

 

26,871

 

(26,663

)

5,137

 

Change in fair value of stock repurchase obligation

 

(1,000

)

3,202

 

(360

)

Stock-based compensation

 

602

 

2,349

 

1,670

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Card related pre-funding and receivables

 

932

 

(1,260

)

7,244

 

Restricted cash

 

417

 

(3,200

)

(214

)

Other assets

 

8,384

 

(16,948

)

(1,753

)

Deferred revenue

 

(2,821

)

(2,110

)

(2,555

)

Accrued interest

 

(1,482

)

38

 

116

 

Money orders payable

 

2,143

 

(6,405

)

(541

)

Lease termination payable

 

1,322

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

(1,760

)

12,640

 

(367

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

195,145

 

195,184

 

161,005

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net receivables originated

 

(159,710

)

(184,369

)

(162,929

)

Net acquired assets, net of cash

 

(810

)

(2,192

)

(866

)

Purchase of customer list intangible asset

 

 

 

(22

)

Internally developed software intangible asset

 

 

(72

)

(156

)

Deconsolidation of Insight Holdings

 

 

(628

)

 

Proceeds from sale of equity investment

 

 

3,500

 

 

Proceeds from sale of leasehold improvements and equipment

 

 

 

181

 

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

 

(19,981

)

(23,428

)

(13,938

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(180,501

)

(207,189

)

(177,730

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of senior secured notes

 

(18,308

)

 

 

Proceeds from subsidiary note

 

2,400

 

34,147

 

8,100

 

Payments on subsidiary note

 

(383

)

(8,110

)

 

Payments on related party Florida seller notes

 

(2,250

)

(500

)

 

Payments on capital lease obligations

 

(1,796

)

(463

)

(608

)

Net (payments) proceeds on lines of credit

 

27,200

 

(25,000

)

25,000

 

Repurchase of restricted stock units

 

 

(107

)

 

Payments on mortgage note payable

 

 

(426

)

 

Proceeds from refinance of mortgage note payable

 

 

720

 

 

Debt issuance costs

 

(300

)

(446

)

 

Net payments of long-term debt

 

 

 

(4,500

)

Member distribution

 

 

(387

)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

6,563

 

(572

)

27,992

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

21,207

 

(12,577

)

11,267

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

77,734

 

90,311

 

79,044

 

Ending

 

$

98,941

 

$

77,734

 

$

90,311

 

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information Cash payments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

57,154

 

$

52,235

 

$

48,673

 

Income taxes paid, net

 

$

(4,834

)

$

(254

)

$

633

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Extinguishment of note payable to stockholder

 

$

 

$

 

$

854

 

Equipment acquired through capital lease

 

$

1,876

 

$

2,546

 

$

1,334

 

Land and building acquired through issuance of note payable

 

$

 

$

 

$

420

 

Acquisitions (Note 14):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase price

 

$

 

$

 

$

36,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of finance receivables acquired

 

$

 

$

 

$

332

 

Fair value of cash acquired

 

 

 

1,595

 

Fair value of restricted cash acquired

 

 

 

1,200

 

Fair value of other current assets acquired

 

 

 

2,883

 

Fair value of other tangible assets acquired, principally property and equipment

 

 

 

1,673

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed

 

 

 

(8,207

)

Fair value of other intangible assets acquired, principally non-compete

 

 

 

19,756

 

Cost in excess of net assets acquired

 

 

 

17,705

 

 

 

 

 

36,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less cash acquired

 

 

 

(1,595

)

Acquisition date fair value of non-controlling interests

 

 

 

(27,882

)

Acquisition date fair value of Company’s interests

 

 

 

(6,594

)

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

866

 

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Note 1. Ownership, Nature of Business, and Significant Accounting Policies

 

Nature of business:  Community Choice Financial Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “CCFI” or “the Company”) was formed on April 6, 2011 under the laws of the State of Ohio. As of December 31, 2015, the Company owned and operated 525 retail locations in 15 states and are licensed to deliver similar financial services over the internet in 30 states. Through its network of retail stores and over the internet, the Company provides customers a variety of financial products and services, including secured and unsecured, short and medium-term consumer loans, check cashing, prepaid debit cards, and other services that address the specific needs of its individual customers.

 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies follows:

 

Basis of consolidation:  The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CCFI. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

The Company previously determined that Insight Holdings Company, LLC (“Insight Holdings”) was a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) of which the Company was the primary beneficiary. Therefore, the Company consolidated this VIE as of April 1, 2013 until it was sold on May 12, 2014. Insight Holdings has been presented as a discontinued operation and prior periods have been restated on the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Reclassifications:  Certain amounts reported in the 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to classifications presented in the 2015 consolidated financial statements, without affecting the previously reported net income or stockholders’ equity.

 

Use of estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of goodwill, the valuation of stock repurchase obligations, the value of stock based compensation and the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

Business Segments:  FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280 requires that a public enterprise report a measure of segment profit or loss, certain specific revenue and expense items, segment assets, information about the way operating segments were determined and other items. The Company reports operating segments in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 280. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in determining how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company operates in two segments: Retail financial services and Internet financial services. The previously consolidated VIE was included in Retail financial services until it was sold on May 12, 2014.

 

Revenue recognition:  Transactions include loans, credit service fees, check cashing, bill payment, money transfer, money order sales, and other miscellaneous products and services. The full amount of the check cashing fee is recognized as revenue at the time of the transaction. Fees and direct costs incurred for the origination of loans are deferred and amortized over the loan period using the interest method. The Company acts in an agency capacity regarding bill payment services, money transfers, card products, and money orders offered and sold at its branches. The Company records the net amount retained as revenue because the supplier is the primary obligor in the arrangement, the amount earned by the Company is fixed, and the supplier is determined to have the ultimate credit risk.  Revenue on loans determined to be troubled debt restructurings are recognized at the impaired loans’ original interest rates until the impaired loans are charged off or paid by the customer. Credit service fees are recognized over the arranged credit service period.

 

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less. At times, the Company may maintain deposits with banks in amounts in excess of federal depository insurance limits, but believes any such amounts do not represent significant credit risk.

 

Restricted cash Restricted cash represents cash used to meet state licensing requirements and is restricted as to withdrawal or usage.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

Short-term investments, certificates of deposit: Short-term investments consist of certificates of deposit with original maturities of greater than three months. Short-term investments are recorded at the carrying value, which approximates fair value and interest is recognized as earned.

 

Finance receivables:  Finance receivables consist of short term and medium-term consumer loans.

 

Short-term consumer loans can be unsecured or secured with a maturity up to ninety days. Unsecured short-term products typically range in size from $100 to $1,000, with a maturity between fourteen and thirty days, and include a written agreement to defer the presentment of the customer’s personal check or preauthorized debit for the aggregate amount of the advance plus fees. This form of lending is based on applicable laws and regulations which vary by state. Statutes vary from charging fees of 15% to 20%, to charging interest at 25% per annum plus origination fees. The customers repay the cash advance by making cash payments or allowing the check or preauthorized debit to be presented. Secured consumer loans with a maturity of ninety days or less are included in this category and represent 17.7% and 17.5% of short-term consumer loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

In certain states, either in compliance with law or through our following of best practices recommended by the Community Financial Services Association of America (“CFSA”) we offer an extended payment plan for all borrowers. This extended payment plan is advertised to all customers where the program is offered, either via pamphlet or by being posted at the store at the time of the consumer loan. This payment plan is available to all customers in these states upon request and is not contingent on the borrower’s repayment status or further underwriting standards. The term is extended to roughly four payments over eight weeks. If customers do not make these payments, then their held check is deposited. Gross loan receivables subject to these repayment plans represented $2,525 of the $155,296 total receivables at December 31, 2015 and $1,978 of the $193,475 total receivables at December 31, 2014.

 

Medium-term consumer loans can be unsecured or secured with a maturity greater than ninety days up to thirty-six months. Unsecured medium-term products typically range from $100 to $5,000, and are evidenced by a promissory note with a maturity between three and thirty-six months. These consumer loans vary in structure depending upon the applicable laws and regulations where they are offered. The medium-term consumer loans are payable in installments or provide for a line of credit with periodic payments. Secured consumer loans with a maturity greater than ninety days are included in this category and represent 13.7% and 15.0% of medium-term consumer loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Allowance for loan losses:  Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in amounts sufficient to maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses and an adequate accrual for losses related to guaranteed loans processed for third-party lenders. The factors used in assessing the overall adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the accrual for losses related to guaranteed loans made by third-party lenders and the resulting provision for loan losses include an evaluation by product by market based on historical loan loss experience and delinquency of certain medium-term consumer loans. The Company evaluates various qualitative factors that may or may not affect the computed initial estimate of the allowance for loan losses, by using internal valuation inputs including historical loan loss experience, delinquency, overall portfolio quality and current economic conditions.

 

For short term unsecured consumer loans, the Company’s policy is to charge off accounts when they become past due. The Company’s policy dictates that, where a customer has provided a check or ACH authorization for presentment upon the maturity of a loan, if the customer has not paid off the loan by the due date, the Company will deposit the customer’s check or draft the customer’s bank account for the amount due. If the check or draft is returned as unpaid, all accrued fees and outstanding principal are charged-off as uncollectible. For short term secured loans, the Company’s policy requires that balances be charged off when accounts are thirty days past due.

 

For medium term secured and unsecured consumer loans which have a term of one year or less, the Company’s policy requires that balances be charged off when accounts are sixty days past due. For medium term secured and unsecured consumer loans which have an initial maturity of greater than one year, the Company’s policy requires that balances be charged off when accounts are no more than ninety-one days past due.

 

In certain markets, the Company reduced interest rates and favorably changed payment terms for medium-term consumer loans to assist borrowers in avoiding default and to mitigate risk of loss. These reduced interest rates and changed payment terms were limited to loans that the Company believed the customer had the ability to pay in the foreseeable future. These loans were accounted for as troubled debt restructurings and represent the only loans considered impaired due to the nature of the Company’s charge-off policy.

 

Recoveries of amounts previously charged off are recorded to the allowance for loan losses or the accrual for third-party losses in the period in which they are received.

 

Card related pre-funding and receivables: The Company acts as an agent for Insight Holdings marketing prepaid debit cards. The Company is required to pre-fund certain card activity.

 

67



Table of Contents

 

Property, leasehold improvements and equipment: Leasehold improvements and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is provided principally by straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term, whichever is shorter.

 

The useful lives of leasehold improvements and equipment by class are as follows:

 

 

 

Years

 

Furniture & fixtures

 

7

 

Leasehold improvements

 

Life of Lease

 

Equipment

 

3 - 5

 

Vehicles

 

5

 

Capital leases

 

5

 

Buildings

 

39

 

 

Deferred loan origination costs: Direct costs incurred for the origination of loans, which consist mainly of direct and employee-related costs, are deferred and amortized to loan fee income over the contractual lives of the loans using the interest method. Unamortized amounts are recognized as income at the time that loans are paid in full.

 

Goodwill and other intangibles:  Goodwill, or cost in excess of fair value of net assets of the companies acquired, is recorded at its carrying value and is periodically evaluated for impairment. The Company tests the carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets annually as of December 31 or when the events and circumstances warrant such a review. One of the methods for this review is performed using estimates of future cash flows. If the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible assets is considered impaired, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill or intangible assets exceeds its fair value. Changes in estimates of cash flows and fair value, however, could affect the valuation.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company conducted a test for impairment of goodwill for both the Retail financial and Internet services segments and recorded impairments for the Internet services segment of $13.5 million and for the Retail services segment of $58.6 million.

 

For the year ending December 31, 2015, the Company conducted its annual test for impairment of goodwill for the Retail financial services segment and concluded that an impairment for the Retail services segment of $68.0 million should be taken. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques.  These items are considered level 3 inputs for determining fair value. See Note 5 for further discussion.

 

The Company’s other intangible assets consists of non-compete agreements, customer lists, trade names, and internally developed software. Generally, the amounts recorded for non-compete agreements, customer lists and trade names are amortized using the straight-line method over five years and internally developed software is amortized using the straight-line method over three years. The customer list intangibles for DFS and the acquisition of 54 stores in Florida (“Florida Acquisition”) are amortized based on the expected customer retention rate on an accelerated method over a period of 3 to 4 years. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $1,767, $4,319, and $6,822, respectively.

 

Equity Method Investments:  Entities and investments over which the Company exercises significant influence over the activities of the entity but which do not meet the requirements for consolidation are accounted for using the equity method of accounting pursuant to ASC 323, whereby the Company records its share of the underlying income or losses of these entities. Intercompany profit arising from transactions with affiliates is eliminated to the extent of its beneficial interest. Equity in losses of equity method investments is not recognized after the carrying value of an investment, including advances and loans, has been reduced to zero, unless guarantees or other funding obligations exist.

 

The Company evaluated its equity method investments for impairment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of such investments may not be recoverable. The difference between the carrying value of the equity method investment and its estimated fair value is recognized as impairment when the loss in value is deemed other than temporary. The fair value of the equity method investments is estimated based on discounted cash flow models using projected EBITDA. The discount rate applied to the projected EBITDA is determined based on the weighted average cost of capital for the Company.

 

68



Table of Contents

 

On April 1, 2013, the Company extended a line of credit to Insight Holdings. The Company consolidated Insight Holdings as of April 1, 2013 as the Company determined that it is the primary beneficiary of the variable interest entity, and the equity method of accounting was discontinued. Subsequently on May 12, 2014, Insight Holdings was sold to a third party and was de-consolidated.

 

There are no equity method investments after May 2014.

 

Deferred debt issuance costs: Deferred debt issuance costs are amortized using the interest method over the life of the related note payable agreement. Amortization is included as a component of interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Deferred revenue: The Company’s deferred revenue is comprised of an upfront fee received under an agency agreement to offer wire transfer services at the Company’s branches. The deferred revenue is recognized over the contract period on a straight-line basis.

 

Deferred rent: The Company leases premises under agreements which provide for periodic increases over the lease term. Accordingly, timing differences between the amount paid for rent and the amount expensed are recorded in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Lease Termination Payable: The Company records a liability in the consolidated balance sheets for the remaining operating lease obligation for closed retail locations with corresponding lease termination expense disclosed in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Self-Insurance Liability:    The Company is self-insured for employee medical benefits subject to certain loss limitations. The incurred but not reported liability (“IBNR”) represents an estimate of the cost of unreported claims based on historical claims reporting. The Company monitors the continued reasonableness of the assumptions and methods used to estimate the IBNR liability each reporting period.

 

Advertising and marketing costs:    Costs incurred for producing and communicating advertising, and marketing over the internet are charged to operations when incurred or the first time advertising takes place. Advertising and marketing expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 were $21,533, $19,654 and $14,261, respectively. Corporate level advertising and marketing expense for years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 were $1,458, $1,475, and $455, respectively.

 

Operating expenses: The direct costs incurred in operating the Company’s store and call center operations have been classified as operating expenses. Operating expenses include salaries and benefits of employees, provision for loan losses, rent and other occupancy costs, depreciation and amortization of branch property and equipment, armored services and security costs, and other direct costs. District and regional managers’ salaries are included in corporate expenses.

 

Discontinued operations:    Insight Holdings was consolidated for the period from April 2013 to May 2014 and its operations have been classified as discontinued on the consolidated statement of operations.

 

Preopening costs: New store preopening costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Impairment of long-lived assets:  The Company evaluates all long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Impairment is recognized when the carrying amount of these assets cannot be recovered by the undiscounted net cash flows they will generate.

 

Income taxes:  Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. Income tax expense represents current tax obligations and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Interest and penalties on income taxes are charged to income tax expense.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Governmental regulation:  The Company is subject to various state and federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs or limitations on the way the Company conducts or expands its business. Certain limitations include among other things imposed limits on fee rates and other charges, the number of loans to a customer, a cooling off period, the number of permitted rollovers and required licensing and qualification.

 

In most instances, state law provides the statutory and regulatory framework for the products the Company offers in those states, in instances where the Company is making a loan to a consumer, certain federal laws also impact the business. The Company’s consumer loans are subject to federal laws and regulations, including the Truth-in-Lending Act (“TILA”), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (“ECOA”), the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), the Bank Secrecy Act, the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994, and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (the “PATRIOT Act”), Title X of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank”), and the regulations promulgated for each. Among other things, these laws require disclosure of the principal terms of each transaction to every customer, prohibit misleading advertising, protect against discriminatory lending practices, proscribe unfair credit practices and prohibit creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, sex, age or marital status. The GLBA and its implementing regulations generally require the Company to protect the confidentiality of its customers’ nonpublic personal information and to disclose to the Company’s customers its privacy policy and practices. In addition to state regulatory examinations that assess the Company’s compliance with state and federal laws and regulations, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) and the Internal Revenue Service periodically examine and will continue to periodically examine the Company’s compliance with the federal laws noted above and the regulations promulgated under those laws.

 

Fair value of financial instruments:  Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are grouped in three levels. The levels prioritize the inputs used to measure the fair value of the assets or liabilities. These levels are:

 

·                  Level 1—Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

·                  Level 2—Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for assets and liabilities, either directly or indirectly. These inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are less attractive.

 

·                  Level 3—Unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities reflecting the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

 

The Company follows the provisions of ASC 820-10, which applies to all assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis. ASC 820-10 requires a disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value within GAAP and expands the disclosure about fair value measurements. This standard enables a reader of consolidated financial statements to assess the inputs used to develop those measurements by establishing a hierarchy for ranking the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. The standard requires that assets and liabilities carried at fair value be classified and disclosed in one of the three categories.

 

In determining the appropriate levels, the Company performed a detailed analysis of the assets and liabilities that are subject to ASC 820-10. At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3. The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, finance receivables, short-term investments, and lines of credit. For all such instruments, other than senior secured notes, notes payable, and stock repurchase obligation at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements approximate their fair values. Finance receivables are short term in nature and are originated at prevailing market rates and lines of credit bear interest at current market rates. The fair value of finance receivables at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 approximates carrying value and is measured using internal valuation inputs including historical loan loss experience, delinquency, overall portfolio quality, and current economic conditions.

 

The fair value of the 10.75% senior secured notes due 2019 (the “2019 notes”) and the 12.75% senior secured notes due 2020 (the “2020 notes”) were determined based on market yield on trades of the notes at the end of that reporting period.

 

The fair value of related party Florida seller notes payable was determined based on applicable market yields of similar debt and the fair value of the stock repurchase obligation was determined based on a probability-adjusted Black Scholes option valuation model.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31, 2015 

 

 

 

Carrying
 Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Level

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

98,941

 

$

98,941

 

1

 

Restricted cash

 

3,460

 

3,460

 

1

 

Finance receivables

 

128,501

 

128,501

 

3

 

Short-term investments, certificates of deposit

 

1,115

 

1,115

 

2

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.75% Senior secured notes

 

328,716

 

77,248

 

1

 

12.75% Senior secured notes

 

25,000

 

9,063

 

2

 

Related party Florida seller notes

 

10,097

 

10,097

 

2

 

Subsidiary Note payable

 

36,154

 

36,154

 

2

 

Lines of Credit

 

27,200

 

27,200

 

2

 

Stock repurchase obligation

 

3,130

 

3,130

 

2

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Carrying
 Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Level

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

77,734

 

$

77,734

 

1

 

Restricted cash

 

3,877

 

3,877

 

1

 

Finance receivables

 

159,669

 

159,669

 

3

 

Short-term investments, certificates of deposit

 

1,115

 

1,115

 

2

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.75% Senior secured notes

 

395,000

 

254,775

 

1

 

12.75% Senior secured notes

 

25,000

 

16,125

 

2

 

Related party Florida seller notes

 

12,132

 

12,132

 

2

 

Subsidiary Note payable

 

34,137

 

34,137

 

2

 

Stock repurchase obligation

 

4,130

 

4,130

 

2

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued ASU No. 2014-08, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360)” (“ASU 2014-08”). The amendments in ASU 2014-08 require that a disposal representing a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s financial results or a business activity classified as held for sale should be reported as discontinued operations. The amendments also expand the disclosure requirements for discontinued operations and add new disclosures for individually significant dispositions that do not qualify as discontinued operations. The amendments are effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014 (early adoption is permitted only for disposals that have not been previously reported). The Company does not expect ASU 2014-08 to have a material effect on the Company’s current financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures; however, it may impact the reporting of future discontinued operations if and when they occur.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective retrospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. This ASU was amended in August 2015 by ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date”. The amendment deferred the effective date to fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016.  The Company does not expect ASU 2014-09 to have a material effect on the Company’s current financial position or results of operations, however, it may impact the reporting of future financial statement disclosures.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-13, “Consolidation (Topic 810) — Measuring the Financial Assets and the Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financing Entity” to amend the existing standards. This ASU provides an alternative to current fair value measurement guidance to an entity that consolidates a collateralized financing entity (“CFE”) that has elected the fair value option for the financial assets and liabilities. If elected, the entity could measure both the financial assets and the financial liabilities of the CFE by using the fair value of the financial assets or financial liabilities, whichever is more observable. The election would effectively eliminate any measurement difference previously reflected in earnings and attributed to the reporting entity in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period. The ASU was amended in February 2015 by ASU 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis”. The amendment primarily modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities or voting interest entities. We are currently evaluating the impact of the new update on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “Interest — Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”. In order to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs, the amendments in this ASU require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this ASU. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of the guidance is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued.  We are currently evaluating the impact of the new update on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”. In order to simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes, the amendments in this ASU require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The amendments in this ASU apply to all entities that present a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a tax-paying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the amendments in this update.  This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company has elected to adopt this standard with a prospective application for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015 and prior periods were not adjusted.

 

Subsequent events: The Company has evaluated its subsequent events (events occurring after December 31, 2015) through the issuance date of March 30, 2016.

 

Note 2. Finance Receivables, Credit Quality Information and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Finance receivables represent amounts due from customers for advances at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Short-term consumer loans

 

$

76,631

 

$

96,015

 

Medium-term consumer loans

 

78,665

 

97,460

 

Gross receivables

 

$

155,296

 

$

193,475

 

Unearned advance fees, net of deferred loan origination costs

 

(2,903

)

(3,443

)

Finance receivables before allowance for loan losses

 

152,393

 

190,032

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(23,892

)

(30,363

)

Finance receivables, net

 

$

128,501

 

$

159,669

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance receivables, net

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion

 

$

119,704

 

$

140,418

 

Non-current portion

 

8,797

 

19,251

 

Total finance receivables, net

 

$

128,501

 

$

159,669

 

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Changes in the allowance for the loan losses by product type for the year ended December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance as

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Receivables

 

a percentage

 

 

 

1/1/2015

 

Provision

 

Charge-Offs

 

Recoveries

 

12/31/2015

 

12/31/2015

 

of receivable

 

Short-term consumer loans

 

$

5,141

 

$

63,014

 

$

(148,996

)

$

84,517

 

$

3,676

 

$

76,631

 

4.80

%

Medium-term consumer loans

 

25,222

 

83,448

 

(98,128

)

9,674

 

20,216

 

78,665

 

25.70

%

 

 

$

30,363

 

$

146,462

 

$

(247,124

)

$

94,191

 

$

23,892

 

$

155,296

 

15.38

%

 

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $8,925.

 

The provision for short-term consumer loans of $63,014 is net of debt sales of $2,042 and the provision for medium-term consumer loans of $83,448 is net of debt sales of $1,394.

 

The Company evaluates all short-term and medium-term consumer loans collectively for impairment, except for medium-term loans that have been modified and classified as troubled debt restructurings, which are individually evaluated for impairment. In certain markets, the Company reduced interest rates and favorably changed payment terms for medium-term consumer loans to assist borrowers in avoiding default and to mitigate risk of loss. The provision and subsequent charge off related to these loans totaled $1,382 and is included in the provision for medium-term consumer loans for the year ended December 31, 2015. For these loans evaluated for impairment, there were no payment defaults during the year ended December 31, 2015. The troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2015 are subject to an allowance of $498 with a net carrying value of $1,260 at December 31, 2015.

 

Changes in the allowance for the loan losses by product type for the year ended December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance as

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Receivables

 

a percentage

 

 

 

1/1/2014

 

Provision

 

Charge-Offs

 

Recoveries

 

12/31/2014

 

12/31/2014

 

of receivable

 

Short-term consumer loans

 

$

5,631

 

$

87,308

 

$

(192,656

)

$

104,858

 

$

5,141

 

$

96,015

 

5.35

%

Medium-term consumer loans

 

12,377

 

73,388

 

(67,844

)

7,301

 

25,222

 

97,460

 

25.88

%

 

 

$

18,008

 

$

160,696

 

$

(260,500

)

$

112,159

 

$

30,363

 

$

193,475

 

15.69

%

 

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $8,568.

 

The provision for short-term consumer loans of $87,308 is net of debt sales of $4,147 and the provision for medium-term consumer loans of $73,388 is net of debt sales of $561.

 

The Company evaluates all short-term and medium-term consumer loans collectively for impairment, except for medium-term loans that have been modified and classified as troubled debt restructurings, which are individually evaluated for impairment. In certain markets, the Company reduced interest rates and favorably changed payment terms for medium-term consumer loans to assist borrowers in avoiding default and to mitigate risk of loss. The provision and subsequent charge off related to these loans totaled $1,439 and is included in the provision for medium-term consumer loans for the year ended December 31, 2014. For these loans evaluated for impairment, there were no payment defaults during the year ended December 31, 2014. The troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2014 are subject to an allowance of $610 with a net carrying value of $1,641 at December 31, 2014.

 

Changes in the allowance for the loan losses by product type for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance as

 

 

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

Receivables

 

a percentage

 

 

 

1/1/2013

 

Provision

 

Charge-Offs

 

Recoveries

 

12/31/2013

 

12/31/2013

 

of receivable

 

Short-term consumer loans

 

$

5,070

 

$

79,129

 

$

(177,931

)

$

99,363

 

$

5,631

 

$

130,758

 

4.31

%

Medium-term consumer loans

 

4,044

 

27,351

 

(23,119

)

4,101

 

12,377

 

58,350

 

21.21

%

 

 

$

9,114

 

$

106,480

 

$

(201,050

)

$

103,464

 

$

18,008

 

$

189,108

 

9.52

%

 

73



Table of Contents

 

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 also includes losses from returned items from check cashing of $7,975.

 

The Company has subsidiaries that facilitate third party lender loans.  Changes in the accrual for third-party lender losses for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 were as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

4,434

 

$

1,481

 

$

392

 

Provision for loan losses

 

35,622

 

21,461

 

12,399

 

Charge-offs, net

 

(37,446

)

(18,508

)

(11,310

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

2,610

 

$

4,434

 

$

1,481

 

 

Total gross finance receivables for which the Company has recorded an accrual for third-party lender losses totaled $40,552 and $52,680 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and the corresponding guaranteed consumer loans are disclosed as an off-balance sheet arrangement.

 

The Company considers the near term repayment performance of finance receivables as its primary credit quality indicator. The Company performs credit checks through consumer reporting agencies on certain borrowers. If a third-party lender provides the advance, the applicable third-party lender decides whether to approve the loan and establishes all of the underwriting criteria and terms, conditions, and features of the customer’s loan agreement.

 

The aging of receivables at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

Current finance receivables

 

$

138,346

 

89.1

%

$

173,522

 

89.7

%

Past due finance receivables (1 - 30 days)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term consumer loans

 

1,268

 

0.8

%

1,185

 

0.6

%

Medium-term consumer loans

 

9,433

 

6.1

%

12,258

 

6.3

%

Total past due finance receivables (1 - 30 days)

 

10,701

 

6.9

%

13,443

 

6.9

%

Past due finance receivables (31 - 60 days)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medium-term consumer loans

 

3,225

 

2.1

%

4,377

 

2.3

%

Total past due finance receivables (31 - 60 days)

 

3,225

 

2.1

%

4,377

 

2.3

%

Past due finance receivables (61 - 90 days)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Medium-term consumer loans

 

3,024

 

1.9

%

2,133

 

1.1

%

Total past due finance receivables (61 - 90 days)

 

3,024

 

1.9

%

2,133

 

1.1

%

Total delinquent

 

16,950

 

10.9

%

19,953

 

10.3

%

 

 

$

155,296

 

100.0

%

$

193,475

 

100.0

%

 

Note 3. Related Party Transactions and Balances

 

Quarterly fees are paid to affiliates of several stockholders in consideration for ongoing management and other advisory services provided to the Company and its subsidiaries. Total fees paid pursuant to this agreement for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $962, $1,245, and $1,310, respectively.

 

The Company has access to use an aircraft owned by a related party. The Company rents the aircraft from this related party for Company business. Total rent paid to these related parties for usage of the aircraft for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $25, $103, and $73, respectively, and are included with corporate expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for the respective periods.

 

In May, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with a limited liability company owned by a related party. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company exchanged a 25% interest in an aircraft it owned for a 25% interest in an aircraft owned by the limited liability company. Subsequently, the Company sold the interest it received in the exchange to an unrelated party and recognized a gain on the transactions of $28.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Certain retail locations of the Company are owned by related parties and leased from the related parties. Rent paid to the related parties was $1,247, $1,220, and $1,179 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, and are included with occupancy expenses on the consolidated statements of operations for the respective periods.

 

A non-guarantor subsidiary of the Company issued a series of related party Florida seller notes in 2012 as a portion of the consideration to acquire 54 stores in the Florida market. These notes have been classified as related party transaction because the sellers of the Florida acquisition, and recipients of the notes, became shareholders of the Company.

 

Certain senior members of management have an interest in a vendor from which the Company purchased telecommunications services. The $1,168 and $21, respectively, in hardware and services for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were provided to the Company by the vendor at a reduced rate.  If the Company were to source the service from another vendor, the overall cost of the service would likely increase.

 

The Company has a consulting agreement with a related party for information technology consulting services. Consulting services provided to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $404 and $332, respectively.

 

Certain directors have an interest in the provider of the $31.7 million revolving line of credit and the $35.0 million subsidiary note.

 

Certain senior members of management and directors of the Company have an indirect interest and serve as a director of a vendor that provides the Company with credit bureau services.

 

Note 4. Property, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, leasehold improvements and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture & fixtures

 

$

28,417

 

$

25,965

 

Leasehold improvements

 

58,671

 

51,779

 

Equipment

 

30,177

 

23,144

 

Vehicles

 

2,794

 

2,775

 

Land

 

1,020

 

1,010

 

Building

 

811

 

253

 

 

 

121,890

 

104,926

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(75,805

)

(65,291

)

 

 

$

46,085

 

$

39,635

 

 

Note 5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

The following table summarizes goodwill and other intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Goodwill

 

$

152,568

 

$

222,565

 

Other intangible assets, net:

 

 

 

 

 

Non-compete agreements

 

$

17

 

$

258

 

Trade names

 

1,257

 

2,032

 

Customer lists

 

372

 

931

 

Internally developed software

 

267

 

324

 

 

 

$

1,913

 

$

3,545

 

 

75



Table of Contents

 

The carrying amounts of goodwill by reportable segment at December 31, 2015 were as follows:

 

 

 

Retail

 

Internet

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Services

 

Financial Services

 

Total

 

Goodwill

 

$

332,495

 

$

13,458

 

$

345,953

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

(179,927

)

(13,458

)

(193,385

)

 

 

$

152,568

 

$

 

$

152,568

 

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are summarized as follows:

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

$

297,122

 

Insight Holdings consolidation and Other Acquisitions

 

17,705

 

Effect of tax benefits

 

(2,293

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

312,534

 

Other acquisitions, net

 

764

 

Insight Holding deconsolidation

 

(16,413

)

Internet segment impairment

 

(13,458

)

Retail segment impairment

 

(58,647

)

Effect of tax benefits

 

(2,215

)

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

222,565

 

Other acquisitions, net

 

234

 

Retail segment impairment

 

(68,017

)

Effect of tax benefits

 

(2,214

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

$

152,568

 

 

The Company performed a goodwill impairment test for the retail services segment as required when a portion of the segment is sold. This resulted in no impairment of goodwill as of May 12, 2014.

 

During 2014, CCFI’s majority shareholder, Diamond Castle Holdings, sold its shares of CCFI from existing limited partnerships to newly formed limited partnerships. CCFI recognized that the approximate share price at which the shares were transferred indicated a permanent change in share price and thus met the standard for qualitative factors that may indicate impairment. As a result, the Company conducted a test for impairment of goodwill for both the Retail financial and Internet services segments and recorded impairments for the Internet services segment of $13.5 million and for the Retail services segment of $58.6 million.

 

The Company conducted its annual test for impairment of goodwill as of December 31, 2015 for the Retail financial services reporting unit and concluded that the Retail financial services reporting unit has an impairment of $68.0 million. The methodology for determining the fair value was a combination of quoted market prices, prices of comparable businesses, discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques.  These items are considered level 3 inputs for determining fair value.

 

The amount of tax goodwill at the acquisition date of the Company in 2006 exceeded the reported amount of goodwill for financial statement reporting purposes by approximately $50,965. The total estimated effect of the tax benefit attributable to tax goodwill in excess of the amount reported as of December 31, 2015 was approximately $27,110 which will reduce financial statement goodwill each year as the tax benefits are recognized. This benefit will be recognized over a 15-year period from the date of acquisition by recording deferred income tax expense and reducing the carrying amount of goodwill as those tax benefits occur. The tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 was $2,214, $2,215, and $2,293, respectively. The effect of the tax benefits for each subsequent year is expected to be $2,214 and will result in future reductions to the carrying amount of goodwill.

 

The amount of book goodwill from the acquisition of California Check Cashing Services in 2011 exceeded the amount of tax goodwill by approximately $46,775. Differences arising for tax deductible goodwill results in the recognition of deferred tax liabilities.

 

76



Table of Contents

 

Other intangible assets are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Net Carrying

 

Gross Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Non-compete agreements

 

$

3,352

 

$

(3,335

)

$

17

 

$

3,352

 

$

(3,094

)

$

258

 

Trade names

 

7,308

 

(6,051

)

1,257

 

7,308

 

(5,276

)

2,032

 

Customer lists

 

7,555

 

(7,183

)

372

 

7,420

 

(6,489

)

931

 

Internally developed software

 

2,339

 

(2,072

)

267

 

2,339

 

(2,015

)

324

 

Total

 

$

20,554

 

$

(18,641

)

$

1,913

 

$

20,419

 

$

(16,874

)

$

3,545

 

 

Amortization expense on specifically identifiable intangibles for the next 5 years is estimated to be:

 

Year Ending

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Amount

 

2016

 

$

675

 

2017

 

473

 

2018

 

470

 

2019

 

233

 

2020

 

62

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

$

1,913

 

 

Intangible amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1,767, $4,319 and $6,822, respectively.

 

Intangible assets for Insight Holdings were $15,923 at the date of sale in May of 2014.

 

Note 6. Pledged Assets and Debt

 

Senior secured notes payable at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

$395,000 Senior Note payable, 10.75 %, collateralized by all Company assets, semi-annual interest payments with principal due April 2019

 

$

328,716

 

$

395,000

 

$25,000 Senior Note payable, 12.75 %, collateralized by all Company assets, semi-annual interest payments with principal due May 2020

 

25,000

 

25,000

 

 

 

353,716

 

420,000

 

Less current maturities

 

 

 

Long-term portion

 

$

353,716

 

$

420,000

 

 

The indentures governing the 2019 notes and the 2020 notes each contains certain covenants and events of default, including limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on or make other distributions or repurchase our capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, create liens and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies. The agreement governing the Company’s revolving credit facility contains restrictive covenants that limit its ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends on or make other distributions or repurchase the Company’s capital stock, make certain investments, enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates, create liens and sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies, in each case to the same extent as the indentures governing the Company’s notes. In addition, the agreement governing the Company’s revolving credit facility contains a consolidated total net leverage ratio covenant, which will be

 

77



Table of Contents

 

tested at the time of any borrowing under the facility and on a quarterly basis when any loans are outstanding. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with these covenants.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we repurchased $66,284 of our senior secured notes resulting in a $47,946 gain on debt extinguishment. We may continue to repurchase our outstanding debt, including in the open market through privately negotiated transactions, by exercising redemption rights, or otherwise.

 

Lines of credit at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

$7,000 Revolving credit, secured, prime plus 1.00% with 5.00% floor, due July 2017, collateralized by all of Insight Capital, LLC’s assets

 

$

 

$

 

$31,700 Revolving credit, secured, interest rate as defined below, due March 2017, collateralized by all Company assets

 

27,200

 

 

 

 

27,200

 

 

Less current maturities

 

 

 

Long-term portion

 

$

27,200

 

$

 

 

Our Alabama subsidiary maintains a $7.0 million revolving line of credit that was undrawn as of December 31, 2015.

 

The revolving credit facility due April 2015 was amended in March 2015 and is now structured as a $31.7 million revolving credit facility with an accordion feature that allows the Company to request an increase in the revolving credit facility of up to $40.0 million in total availability, so long as no event of default exists. The revolving credit facility is a two-year facility scheduled to mature on March 27, 2017. The interest rate is one-month LIBOR plus 14% with a 15% floor, and there is a make-whole payment if the revolving principal balance falls below 85% of the aggregate commitment on or before September 27, 2016. The 1-month LIBOR rate was 0.24% and 0.15% at December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively, and the prime rate was 3.25% at both December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014. The revolving credit facility includes an undrawn line fee of 3.0% of any unused commitments.

 

Non-guarantor notes payable at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 consisted of the following related party Florida seller notes:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

$8,000 non-guarantor term note, secured, 10.00%, quarterly interest payments with principal due August 2016

 

$

7,905

 

$

7,753

 

$9,000 non-guarantor term note, secured, 10.00%, quarterly principal and interest payments due August 2016

 

2,192

 

4,379

 

 

 

10,097

 

12,132

 

Less current maturities

 

10,097

 

2,786

 

Long-term portion

 

$

 

$

9,346

 

 

A non-guarantor subsidiary of the Company issued a series of related party Florida seller notes as a portion of the consideration to acquire 54 stores in the Florida market. These notes have been classified as related party due to the sellers of the Florida Acquisition, and recipients of the notes, becoming shareholders of the Company through the transaction. The related party Florida seller notes were originally recorded at a fair value of $17,223 using an estimated market interest rate of 12.75%. The discount of $1,277 is being amortized over the life of the related party Florida seller notes as a component of interest expense. The amortization of discount was $215, $223, and $433 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013.

 

The related party Florida seller notes are secured by the assets of the non-guarantor subsidiary. The indenture governing the Company’s non-guarantor secured term related party Florida seller notes due 2016 contains covenants that limit the ability of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries party thereto to create liens, declare or pay any dividend or distribution, incur debt, and transfer or otherwise dispose of substantially all of its current assets. These covenants are evaluated for compliance quarterly beginning on

 

78



Table of Contents

 

December 31, 2012 and the Company remains in compliance. The related party Florida seller notes contain certain covenants and provisions which are enforceable upon the non-guarantor subsidiary thereto. The related party Florida seller notes are non-recourse to the Company and the guarantor subsidiaries.

 

On November 1, 2013, the Company entered into an amendment to the related party Florida seller notes. Pursuant to this amendment, the non-guarantor subsidiary pre-paid $2,500 of the principal payments originally scheduled to be paid during 2014. In addition, for a payment of $500, such non-guarantor subsidiary settled in full, the $1,500 note with the resulting gain being recognized as an equity adjustment.

 

The subsidiary notes payable at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

$35,000 Note, secured, 16.5%, collateralized by acquired loans, due January 2017

 

$

35,000

 

$

32,600

 

$1,425 Term note, secured, 4.25%, collateralized by financed asset, due July 2019

 

995

 

1,048

 

$489 Term note, secured, 8.50%, collateralized by financed asset, due July 2016

 

159

 

489

 

 

 

36,154

 

34,137

 

Less current maturities

 

214

 

383

 

Long-term portion

 

$

35,940

 

$

33,754

 

 

On December 20, 2013 and June 19, 2014, the Company created non-guarantor subsidiaries in order to acquire loans from the retail and internet portfolios. The non-guarantor subsidiaries funding to finance loan acquisitions were the proceeds from a $35.0 million installment note. The $35.0 million subsidiary note, originally due in June 2016, was amended in November 2015 to extend the maturity date to January 2017.

 

On July 19, 2014, a guarantor subsidiary of the Company entered in to a $1.4 million term note with a non-related entity for the acquisition of a share of an airplane.  We recorded our $1.1 million share of the joint note, but both parties are joint and severally liable. The joint note had an outstanding balance of $1.3 million at December 31, 2015 and our share of the note was $1.0 million.

 

On December 31, 2014, the Company entered in to a term note for licensed software and services which had an outstanding balance of $0.4 million at December 31, 2015.

 

The five year maturity for all debt arrangements as of December 31, 2015 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Twelve months ending December 31,

 

 

 

Total

 

2016

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2020

 

Senior secured notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

$

353,716

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

328,716

 

$

25,000

 

Total senior secured notes

 

353,716

 

 

 

 

328,716

 

25,000

 

Related party notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

10,097

 

10,097

 

 

 

 

 

Total related party notes payable

 

10,097

 

10,097

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings under revolving credit facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

27,200

 

 

27,200

 

 

 

 

Total borrowings under revolving credit facility

 

27,200

 

 

27,200

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary note payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

36,154

 

214

 

35,058

 

60

 

822

 

 

Total subsidiary note payable

 

36,154

 

214

 

35,058

 

60

 

822

 

 

Total

 

$

427,167

 

$

10,311

 

$

62,258

 

$

60

 

$

329,538

 

$

25,000

 

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Note 7. Agency Agreements

 

An agency agreement with Western Union, for a period of five years, was signed effective January 1, 2012. Should the Company close a location, discontinue service at an existing location, or terminate the agreement at any time during the initial term, a prorated portion of this signing bonus must be repaid. In addition, the Company is also entitled to receive certain incentive bonuses, not to exceed $500 for the duration of the agreement, related to new Western Union service locations opened or acquired or certain performance goals met during the term of the agreement.

 

Commission revenue associated with the new Western Union contract was $5,248, $5,360, and $5,115, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013 and included as “Other Income” on the consolidated statements of operations. Revenue related to the new signing bonus was $2,640 for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, and included as “Other Income” on the consolidated statements of operations. The remaining deferred revenue for the contract as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $2,640 and $5,280, respectively, and are included as “Deferred revenue” on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company also receives a bonus for signing up new stores with Western Union. Revenue related to new store bonus was $339, $171, and $172 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, and included as “Other Income” on the consolidated statements of operations. The remaining deferred revenue on the new store bonus with Western Union as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $410 and $658, respectively, and is included as “Deferred revenue” on the consolidated balance sheet. Total deferred revenue for all contracts as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $3,154 and $5,975, respectively, and are included as “Deferred revenue” on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The Company entered into an agency agreement with Insight Holdings which is a prepaid debit card program manager during 2009. During the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, the total amount of fees earned related to the agreement totaled $1,276, $957 and $1,596, respectively, and are included as “Other Income” on the statements of operations. The Company consolidated Insight Holdings in April 2013 and the fees earned subsequent to this date have been eliminated in the consolidation up to May 2014 when Insight Holdings was deconsolidated.  At December 31, 2015 and 2014 the Company had $1,674 and $2,606, respectively, in card related pre-funding and receivables on its balance sheet associated with this agreement.

 

Note 8. Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 consisted of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Accounts payable

 

$

4,403

 

$

7,661

 

Accrued payroll and compensated absences

 

7,673

 

7,184

 

Wire transfers payable

 

1,795

 

1,815

 

Accrual for third-party losses

 

2,610

 

4,434

 

Unearned CSO Fees

 

4,990

 

5,925

 

Deferred rent

 

1,229

 

1,141

 

Bill payment

 

4,611

 

3,386

 

Lease termination

 

1,180

 

 

Other

 

6,125

 

4,830

 

 

 

$

34,616

 

$

36,376

 

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Note 9. Operating and Capital Lease Commitments and Total Rental Expense

 

The Company leases its facilities under various non-cancelable agreements, which require various minimum annual rentals and may also require the payment of normal common area maintenance on the properties. The total minimum rental commitment at December 31, 2015, is due as follows:

 

 

 

Capital

 

Operating

 

December 31,

 

Leases

 

Leases

 

2016

 

$

1,697

 

$

25,001

 

2017

 

1,302

 

20,030

 

2018

 

309

 

14,628

 

2019

 

 

9,488

 

2020

 

 

3,110

 

Thereafter

 

 

2,848

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

3,308

 

$

75,105

 

Less amount representing interest (ranging from 2.25% to 14.34%)

 

(256

)

 

 

Present value of net minimum lease payments

 

3,052

 

 

 

Less current portion

 

(1,567

)

 

 

Long term portion

 

$

1,485

 

 

 

 

Rental expense, including common area maintenance and real estate tax expenses, totaled $32,633, $31,625 and $28,356 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Lease termination costs were $3,666 for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the remaining operating lease obligation for closed retail locations was $2,502 as of December 31, 2015.

 

Note 10. Bonus Agreements

 

The Company pays a discretionary bonus or other bonuses as defined in agreements to employees based on performance. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the bonus expense related to these agreements totaled $6,949, $7,301 and $3,398, respectively.

 

Note 11. Concentrations of Credit Risks

 

The Company’s portfolio of finance receivables is comprised of loan agreements with customers living in thirty-four states and consequently such customers’ ability to honor their contracts may be affected by economic conditions in those states. Additionally, the Company is subject to regulation by federal and state governments that affect the products and services provided by the Company. To the extent that laws and regulations are passed that affect the Company’s ability to offer loans or similar products in any of the states in which it operates, the Company’s financial position could be adversely affected.

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of the portfolio balance by state at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Balance

 

Percentage of

 

Balance

 

Percentage of

 

State

 

Outstanding

 

Total Outstanding

 

Outstanding

 

Total Outstanding

 

Alabama

 

$

16,375

 

10.6

%

$

22,681

 

11.7

%

Arizona

 

14,137

 

9.1

 

16,859

 

8.7

 

California

 

56,586

 

36.4

 

71,643

 

37.0

 

Florida

 

8,052

 

5.2

 

9,697

 

5.0

 

Virginia

 

14,726

 

9.4

 

15,770

 

8.2

 

Other retail segment states

 

25,412

 

16.4

 

30,393

 

15.7

 

Other internet segment states

 

20,008

 

12.9

 

26,432

 

13.7

 

Total

 

$

155,296

 

100.0

%

$

193,475

 

100.0

%

 

81



Table of Contents

 

The other retail segment states are: Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Missouri, Oregon, Tennessee, and Utah.

 

The other internet segment states are: Alabama, Alaska, California, Delaware, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. In the third quarter of 2015, the Company ceased all international operations in order to focus on its domestic operations.

 

In certain markets, the Company offers a CSO Program to assist consumers in obtaining credit with unaffiliated third-party lenders. Total gross finance receivables for which the Company has recorded an accrual for third-party lender losses totaled $40,552 and $52,680 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and the corresponding guaranteed consumer loans are disclosed as an off-balance sheet arrangement.

 

Note 12. Contingencies

 

From time-to-time the Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and administrative proceedings wherein certain amounts are claimed or violations of law or regulations are asserted. In the opinion of the Company’s management, these claims are without substantial merit and should not result in judgments which in the aggregate would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

Note 13. Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company has established a salary deferral plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation. Such deferrals accumulate on a tax deferred basis until the employee withdraws the funds. The Company has elected to match 100 percent of the employee contributions not exceeding 3 percent of compensation, plus 50 percent of the employee contributions exceeding 3 percent but not to exceed 5 percent of compensation. Total expense recorded for the Company’s match was $1,786, $1,635 and $1,488 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Note 14. Business Combinations

 

Retail Financial Services

 

On April 1, 2013, the Company extended a line of credit to Insight Holdings. The Company determined that the line of credit represents financial support constituting a variable interest and the Company is the primary beneficiary. As a result of these determinations, the Company has consolidated Insight Holdings as of April 1, 2013. No additional consideration was transferred in order to effect the consolidation and no consolidation-related costs were incurred.

 

The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the date of consolidation.

 

Acquisition-date fair value of non-controlling interests

 

$

27,882

 

Acquisition-date fair value of Company’s interests

 

6,594

 

 

 

$

34,476

 

Acquisition-related costs

 

$

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets required and liabilities assumed

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,595

 

Restricted cash

 

1,200

 

Other current assets

 

2,875

 

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

 

858

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

18,667

 

Capital lease obligation

 

(212

)

Other liabilities

 

(6,920

)

Total identifiable net assets

 

18,063

 

Goodwill

 

16,413

 

 

 

$

34,476

 

 

82



Table of Contents

 

At April 1, 2013, the Company’s carrying value of its investment in Insight Holdings was $6,317. The difference between the Company’s acquisition-date fair value of $6,594 and carrying value of $6,317 resulted in a gain of $277 and is recorded as part of the gain on equity method investments on the consolidated statement of operations.

 

Effective May 12, 2014, Insight Holdings was sold to an independent third party and is treated as a discontinued operation and the Company has no continued ownership remaining.

 

There were no significant business combinations during years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015.

 

Note 15. Stock-Based Compensation

 

On May 1, 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which the Company’s Board of Directors, or a duly-authorized committee thereof, may grant stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights to employees and consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries. The Company amended the plan to increase the number of shares and to convert the number of shares in the 2006 plan to the 2011 plan. Options that have been granted under the Plan have been granted at an exercise price equal to (or greater than) the stock’s fair market value at the date of the grant, with terms of 10 years and vesting generally over four to five years or on the occurrence of a liquidity event. On April 19, 2011, CCFI adopted the “Plan” to be effective as of April 29, 2011. The maximum number of shares that may be subject to awards under the Plan is 2,941,746 as of December 31, 2015.

 

The Company recognizes compensation costs in the financial statements for all share-based payments granted based on the grant date estimated fair value.

 

The Plan allows for awards based on time, performance and market conditions. Compensation expense for awards based on time is expensed on a straight-line basis over the service period. Compensation expense for performance awards are recognized using the accelerated vesting method. Compensation expense for market conditions such as those conditioned on either a liquidity event condition or a specified performance condition have not been recognized and will be recognized upon consummation of the relevant market condition. At December 31, 2015, there were a total of 937,290 additional shares available for grant under the Plan.

 

The fair value of an option award is estimated on the date of grant using a lattice-based option valuation model. Because lattice-based option valuation models incorporate ranges of assumptions for inputs, those ranges are disclosed. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the stock of comparable public companies. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model; separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the option valuation model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

On May 15, 2013, the Company issued 419,500 options with a per share exercise price of $8.40. The options vest ratably over a three year period or become fully vested in the event of a change in control as defined in the award agreement. The Company also re-priced certain previously issued options and stock appreciation rights on May 15, 2013 at a per share exercise price of $8.40, which resulted in incremental compensation expense of $73 attributable to fully vested awards.

 

On October 1, 2013, the Company granted 25,452 Restricted Stock Units with a per share exercise price of $8.25, and these Restricted Stock Units vested immediately.

 

In March of 2014, the Company issued 35,000 options with a per share exercise price of $9.10. The options vest ratably over a three year period or ratably over a specified time frame as defined in the award agreement.

 

In May of 2014, the Company settled one half of the vested outstanding Restricted Stock Units held by certain of its named executive officers. The number of shares purchased was 11,710 at a total cost of $107.

 

In December of 2015, the Company issued 16,000 options with a per share exercise price of $2.15. The options vest ratably over a three year period.

 

The following weighted average assumptions were used by the Company for awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013:

 

83



Table of Contents

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.80%

 

1.55%

 

0.85% - 0.95%

 

Dividend yield

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

0.00%

 

Expected volatility

 

40.00%

 

40.00%

 

35.00% - 50.00%

 

Expected term (years)

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

3.80 - 5.00

 

Weighted average fair value of options granted

 

$

0.81

 

$

3.37

 

$

3.66

 

Weighted average fair value of restricted stock units granted

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Weighted average fair value of stock appreciation rights granted

 

$

 

$

 

$

3.66

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, the Company recorded stock-based compensation costs in the amount of $602, $2,349, and $1,670, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, unrecognized stock-based compensation costs to be recognized over future periods approximated $942, $1,647, and $4,029, respectively. At December 31, 2015, the remaining unrecognized compensation expense is $726 for certain awards that vest solely upon a change in control and $216 for certain awards that vest either over the requisite service period or a change in control. The remaining weighted-average period for the awards that vest solely upon a change in control cannot be determined because they vest upon an event not within the Company’s control. The remaining compensation expense of $942 is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.7 years. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for the stock-based compensation arrangements was $241, $958, and $668 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows (these amounts have not been rounded in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Weighted-Average

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

Shares

 

(actual per share

 price)

 

Remaining

Contractual Term

 

Value 

(thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

1,716,614

 

$

7.62

 

5.9

 

N/A

 

Granted

 

16,000

 

2.15

 

4.8

 

N/A

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

Forfeited or expired

 

70,000

 

 

 

N/A

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

1,662,614

 

$

7.54

 

4.8

 

N/A

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

 

1,148,755

 

$

7.86

 

5.1

 

$

 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2015

 

1,344,970

 

$

7.87

 

5.1

 

$

 

 

Restricted stock unit (RSU) activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows (these amounts have not been rounded in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Weighted-Average

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

Shares

 

(actual per share

 price)

 

Remaining

Contractual Term

 

Value 

(thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

48,872

 

$

10.77

 

0.1

 

N/A

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

Repurchased

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

48,872

 

$

10.77

 

 

N/A

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

 

48,872

 

$

10.77

 

 

$

 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2015

 

48,872

 

$

10.77

 

 

$

 

 

84



Table of Contents

 

Stock appreciation rights activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 is as follows (these amounts have not been rounded into thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Weighted-Average

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

Shares

 

(actual per share 

price)

 

Remaining

Contractual Term

 

Value 

(thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

292,944

 

$

 

2.5

 

N/A

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

292,944

 

$

 

1.5

 

N/A

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2015

 

201,108

 

$

 

1.2

 

$

 

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2015

 

201,108

 

$

 

1.2

 

$

 

 

As of December 31, 2015, there are 513,885 un-vested stock options with a weighted-average fair value at grant date of $2.72, and 91,836 un-vested stock appreciation rights with a weighted-average fair value at grant date of $5.09.

 

Note 16. Income Taxes

 

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company files consolidated or separate state income tax returns as permitted by the individual states in which it operates. The effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 exceeds the statutory rate primarily due to certain acquisition costs that are deductible for financial statement reporting purposes but not deductible for tax purposes. The Company had no liability recorded for unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

 

Current

 

Noncurrent

 

Current

 

Noncurrent

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

$

 

$

10,428

 

$

 

$

 

Goodwill

 

 

14,801

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

(84

)

 

 

Depreciable assets

 

 

6,508

 

 

 

Intangible asset

 

 

3,400

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

3,113

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,208

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

 

484

 

 

 

Bond registration expenses

 

 

170

 

 

 

Capital loss carryover

 

 

2,364

 

 

 

Other

 

 

4,049

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(41,276

)

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

5,165

 

$

 

$

 

 

85



Table of Contents

 

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Assets

 

Deferred Tax Liabilities

 

 

 

Current

 

Noncurrent

 

Current

 

Noncurrent

 

Allowance for credit losses

 

$

10,737

 

$

2,994

 

$

 

$

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

111

 

Accrued expenses

 

455

 

 

 

 

Depreciable assets

 

 

5,795

 

 

 

Intangible asset

 

 

3,091

 

 

238

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

2,884

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

 

1,179

 

1,177

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

 

450

 

 

 

Bond registration expenses

 

 

221

 

 

 

Capital loss carryover

 

 

1,265

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(1,280

)

 

 

Other

 

512

 

1,271

 

113

 

467

 

 

 

$

12,883

 

$

17,868

 

$

113

 

$

816

 

 

The net deferred tax assets and (liabilities) are classified in the consolidated balance sheet as follows as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Current deferred tax asset

 

$

 

$

12,883

 

Current deferred tax liability

 

 

(113

)

 

 

$

 

$

12,770

 

Noncurrent deferred tax asset

 

$

5,165

 

$

17,868

 

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

 

 

(816

)

 

 

$

5,165

 

$

17,052

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize its existing deferred tax assets. Based on its assessment, the Company provided a valuation allowance of $41,276 and $1,280 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, against its net deferred tax assets as their future utilization remains uncertain at this time. In evaluating whether a valuation allowance was needed for the deferred tax assets, the Company considered the ability to carry net operating losses back to prior periods, reversing taxable temporary differences, and estimates of future taxable income. The Company filed federal income tax returns to carry back the net operating loss generated in 2014 and received a refund of approximately $2.6 million in 2015. There have been no credits or net operating losses that have expired. In addition, the Company’s projections of future taxable income are expected to result in the realization of the remaining deferred tax assets. The projections were evaluated in light of past operating results and considered the risks associated with future taxable income related to macroeconomic conditions in the markets in which the Company operates, regulatory developments and cost containment. The Company will continue to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets in future periods and will adjust the allowance as necessary if it determines that it is not more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets are expected to be realized.

 

The Company received notice that the Internal Revenue Service will be examining the Company’s 2013 and 2014 federal income tax returns starting in the fourth quarter of 2015.

 

The provision for income taxes charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 consists of the following:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Current tax expense

 

$

389

 

$

(3,023

)

$

(721

)

Deferred tax expense

 

24,655

 

(28,887

)

3,591

 

Benefit applied to reduce goodwill

 

2,215

 

2,215

 

2,293

 

 

 

$

27,259

 

$

(29,695

)

$

5,163

 

 

86



Table of Contents

 

The Company’s tax basis goodwill exceeds the amount recorded for financial reporting purposes. The accounting for deferred income taxes prohibits immediate recognition of a deferred tax asset created by tax goodwill in excess of book goodwill. The recognition of the tax benefits are required to be recognized when the excess tax goodwill is amortized and deducted on the Company’s income tax return. This deduction will occur over the next 15 years from the acquisition date. The benefit for that tax deduction is recognized consistent with the initial recognition of an acquired tax benefit, which requires this amount to be applied as a reduction of goodwill. For reporting purposes, the amount of the tax deduction and the tax benefit attributable to the tax deduction is referred to as “the benefit applied to reduce goodwill” and will be recorded as additional income tax expense in these financial statements and will reduce the carrying amount of goodwill. The total amount of tax amortization of goodwill for the original purchase in 2006 amounted to approximately $14,600 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

The reconciliation between income tax expense for financial statement purposes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

Federal tax expense at statutory rate

 

$

(14,963

)

$

(27,011

)

$

4,555

 

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

 

3,546

 

(3,532

)

18

 

Work opportunity tax credit

 

(162

)

(184

)

(965

)

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

619

 

Goodwill impairment

 

3,372

 

343

 

 

Valuation Allowance

 

34,401

 

 

 

Nondeductible expenses and other items

 

1,065

 

689

 

936

 

 

 

$

27,259

 

$

(29,695

)

$

5,163

 

 

Note 17. Business Segment

 

The Company has elected to organize and report on its operations as two operating segments: Retail financial services and Internet financial services.

 

The following tables present summarized financial information for the Company’s segments:

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Retail

 

% of

 

Internet

 

% of

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

(Income) Expenses

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

Total Assets

 

$

393,166

 

 

 

$

73,193

 

 

 

$

 

$

466,359

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

152,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

152,568

 

 

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

666

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

 

1,913

 

 

 

Total Revenues

 

$

393,243

 

100.0

%

$

134,136

 

100.0

%

$

 

$

527,379

 

100.0

%

Provision for Loan Losses

 

106,053

 

27.0

%

84,956

 

63.3

%

 

191,009

 

36.2

%

Other Operating Expenses

 

181,059

 

46.0

%

24,088

 

18.0

%

 

205,147

 

38.9

%

Operating Gross Profit

 

106,131

 

27.0

%

25,092

 

18.7

%

 

131,223

 

24.9

%

Interest Expense, net

 

38,939

 

9.9

%

20,043

 

14.9

%

 

58,982

 

11.2

%

Depreciation and Amortization

 

4,323

 

1.1

%

1,085

 

0.8

%

 

5,408

 

1.0

%

Goodwill impairment

 

68,017

 

17.3

%

 

 

 

68,017

 

12.9

%

Market Value of Stock Repurchase Obligation

 

(1,000

)

(0.3

)%

 

 

 

(1,000

)

(0.2

)%

Gain on Debt Extinguishment (a)

 

 

 

 

 

(47,976

)

(47,976

)

(9.1

)%

Other Corporate Expenses (a)

 

 

 

 

 

90,545

 

90,545

 

17.2

%

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations, before tax

 

(4,148

)

(1.1

)%

3,964

 

3.0

%

(42,569

)

(42,753

)

(8.1

)%

 


(a) Represents income and expenses not associated directly with operations that are not allocated between reportable segments. Therefore, the Company has elected to disclose the gain in debt extinguishment and all other corporate expenses as unallocated.

 

Intersegment revenues of $1,616 for the year ending December 31, 2015, have been eliminated.

 

87



Table of Contents

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Retail

 

% of

 

Internet

 

% of

 

Unallocated

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

Financial Services

 

Revenue

 

(Income) Expenses

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue

 

Total Assets

 

$

513,152

 

 

 

$

65,237

 

 

 

$

 

$

578,389

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

222,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

222,565

 

 

 

Other Intangible Assets

 

1,682

 

 

 

1,863

 

 

 

 

3,545

 

 

 

Total Revenues

 

$

403,762

 

100.0

%

$

114,491

 

100.0

%

$

 

$

518,253

 

100.0

%

Provision for Loan Losses

 

116,794

 

28.9

%

73,931

 

64.6

%

 

190,725

 

36.8

%

Other Operating Expenses

 

167,880

 

41.6

%

19,442

 

17.0

%

 

187,322

 

36.1

%

Operating Gross Profit

 

119,088

 

29.5

%

21,118

 

18.4

%

 

140,206

 

27.1

%

Goodwill impairment

 

58,647

 

14.5

%

13,458

 

11.8

%

 

72,105

 

13.9

%

Interest Expense, net

 

41,088

 

10.2

%

14,254

 

12.4

%

 

55,342

 

10.7

%

Depreciation and Amortization

 

4,086

 

1.0

%

1,677

 

1.5

%

 

5,763

 

1.1

%

Market Value of Stock Repurchase Obligation

 

3,202

 

0.8

%

 

 

 

3,202

 

0.6

%

Other Corporate Expenses (a)

 

 

 

 

 

80,969

 

80,969

 

15.6

%

Income (loss) from Continuing Operations, before tax

 

12,065

 

3.0

%

(8,271

)

(7.2

)%

(80,969

)

(77,175

)

(14.9

)%

 


(a) Represents expenses not associated directly with operations that are not allocated between reportable segments. Therefore, the Company has elected to disclose all other corporate expenses as unallocated expenses.

 

Intersegment revenues of $2,856 for the year ending December 31, 2014, have been eliminated.

 

Note 18. Transactions with Variable Interest Entities

 

Effective May 12, 2014, Insight Holdings, the previously consolidated VIE, was sold to an independent third party and is treated as a discontinued operation and the Company has no continued ownership remaining.

 

The Company has limited agency agreements with unaffiliated third-party lenders since 2012. The agreement governs the terms by which the Company refers customers to that lender, on a non-exclusive basis, for a possible extension of credit, processes loan applications and commits to reimburse the lender for any loans or related fees that were not collected from such customers. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the outstanding amount of active consumer loans, which was our maximum exposure, was $40,552 and $52,680, respectively, which were guaranteed by the Company. This obligation is recorded as a current liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The accrual for third party lender losses related to these obligations totaled $2,610 and $4,434 as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company has determined that the lenders are VIEs but that the Company is not the primary beneficiary of the VIEs. Therefore, the Company has not consolidated either lender.

 

Note 19. Discontinued Operations

 

In May of 2014, the controlling members of the Company’s consolidated VIE, Insight Holdings, sold 100% of the membership interests. The Company received $3.5 million for its membership interests and has classified Insight Holdings as a discontinued operation.

 

88



Table of Contents

 

Results from discontinued operations of Insight Holdings for the periods of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

Card fees

 

$

7,494

 

$

13,597

 

Other

 

191

 

289

 

Total revenues

 

7,685

 

13,886

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

236

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

236

 

Operating gross profit

 

7,685

 

13,650

 

Corporate and other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate expenses

 

6,846

 

13,073

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,139

 

2,404

 

Interest expense, net

 

24

 

36

 

Total corporate and other expenses

 

8,009

 

15,513

 

Loss before benefit for income taxes

 

(324

)

(1,863

)

Benefit for income taxes

 

(130

)

(746

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

(194

)

(1,117

)

Loss on disposal (net of income taxes of $1,552)

 

(4,391

)

 

Total discontinued operations

 

$

(4,585

)

$

(1,117

)

 

The Company will continue to be an agent for the Insight prepaid card and earn fees based on card sales and activity.

 

Prior to the sale of Insight Holdings, a portion of the revenue was eliminated during consolidation. The agency revenue paid to the Company from Insight Holdings previously eliminated was $2,145 and $4,014 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

There were no discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Note 20. Equity Method Investments

 

Insight Holdings, the previously consolidated VIE, together with each of its members, closed a transaction whereby each sold their entire interest in Insight Holdings to a third party.  The Company owned 22.7% of membership units that were sold. Additionally, the Company terminated the $3,000 revolving credit facility to Insight Holdings.  Effective May 2014, Insight Holdings is treated as a discontinued operation and the Company has no continued ownership remaining.

 

Note 21. Supplemental Guarantor Information

 

The 2019 notes and the 2020 notes contain various covenants that, subject to certain exceptions defined in the indentures governing the notes (the “Indentures”), limit the Company’s ability to, among other things, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, pay dividends or distributions, redeem or repurchase capital stock, incur or assume liens or additional debt, and consolidate or merge with or into another entity or sell substantially all of its assets. The Company has optional redemption features on the 2019 notes and the 2020 notes prior to their maturity which, depending on the date of the redemption, would require premiums to be paid in addition to all principal and interest due.

 

The 2019 notes and 2020 notes are guaranteed by all of the Company’s guarantor subsidiaries existing as of April 29, 2011 (the date the Company issued the 2019 notes)  and any subsequent guarantor subsidiaries that guarantee the Company’s indebtedness or the indebtedness of any other subsidiary guarantor (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), in accordance with the Indentures. The Company is a holding company and has no independent assets or operations of its own. The guarantees under the 2019 notes and 2020 notes are full, unconditional, and joint and several. There are no restrictions on the ability of the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to obtain funds from its restricted subsidiaries by dividend or loan, except for net worth requirements of certain states in which the Company operates and certain requirements relating to the Company’s Alabama subsidiary, Insight Capital, LLC, as a result of its separate revolving credit facility (the “Alabama Revolving Credit Agreement”). Certain Subsidiary Guarantors are required to maintain net worth ranging from $5 to $1,000. The total net worth requirements of these Subsidiary Guarantors is $7.4 million. The Indentures contain certain affirmative and negative covenants applicable to the Company and its Subsidiary Guarantors, including

 

89



Table of Contents

 

restrictions on their ability to incur additional indebtedness, consummate certain asset sales, make investments in certain entities that create liens on their assets, enter into certain affiliate transactions and make certain restricted payments, including restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends on, or repurchase, its common stock.

 

As long as the $7,000 Alabama Revolving Credit Agreement remains outstanding, the guarantee provided Insight Capital, LLC will be secured on a second-priority basis by the shared Alabama collateral held by such subsidiary. As a result, any obligations under the Alabama Revolving Credit Agreement must first be satisfied before the Alabama subsidiary can make any payments with respect to the 2019 and 2020 Notes.

 

Note 22. Supplemental Condensed Consolidating Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information

 

The following presents the condensed consolidating guarantor financial information as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, for the subsidiaries of the Company that serve as guarantors of the Notes, and for the subsidiaries that do not serve as guarantor. The non-guarantor subsidiaries are Buckeye Check Cashing of Florida II, LLC, CCFI Funding LLC, CCFI Funding II LLC, Direct Financial Solutions of UK Limited and its subsidiary Cash Central UK Limited, Direct Financial Solutions of Canada, Inc and its subsidiaries DFS-CC Financial Services LLC, DFS-CC Financial Services (Calgary) LLC and DFS-CC Financial Services (Toronto) LLC, and Direct Financial Solutions of Australia Pty Ltd and its subsidiary Cash Central of Australia Pty Ltd. Each of the Company’s guarantor subsidiaries are 100% owned by the Company or its subsidiaries, and all guarantees are full, unconditional, and joint and several.

 

Of the entities under “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries” in the tables below, Buckeye Check Cashing of Florida II, LLC, CCFI Funding, and CCFI Funding II are “Unrestricted Subsidiaries” as defined in the Indentures. Buckeye Check Cashing of Florida II, LLC was acquired on July 31, 2012, CCFI Funding was created on December 20, 2013, and CCFI Funding II was established on September 19, 2014. Refer to the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries” columns in the following condensed consolidating schedules.

 

As described in Note 14 above, Insight Holdings is included in the tables below as a “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” because the Company consolidated the entity as of April 1, 2013.  For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, this entity is included in discontinued operations, net of tax, and the entity is not reflected for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The remainder of the entities included under “non-Guarantor Subsidiaries” in the tables below are “Restricted Subsidiaries” as defined in the indentures governing the 2019 notes and the 2020 notes and, for the periods specified, did not have material assets, liabilities, revenue or expenses.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Community

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Choice Financial

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

$

69,986

 

$

28,955

 

$

 

$

98,941

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,460

 

 

 

3,460

 

Finance receivables, net

 

 

96,088

 

23,616

 

 

119,704

 

Short-term investments, certificates of deposit

 

 

1,115

 

 

 

1,115

 

Card related pre-funding and receivables

 

 

1,674

 

 

 

1,674

 

Other current assets

 

 

33,279

 

2,661

 

(18,929

)

17,011

 

Total current assets

 

 

205,602

 

55,232

 

(18,929

)

241,905

 

Noncurrent Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in Subsidiaries

 

378,548

 

17,156

 

 

(395,704

)

 

Finance receivables, net

 

 

8,797

 

 

 

8,797

 

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

 

 

43,300

 

2,785

 

 

46,085

 

Goodwill

 

 

121,533

 

31,035

 

 

152,568

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

1,748

 

165

 

 

1,913

 

Security deposits

 

 

2,943

 

155

 

 

3,098

 

Deferred tax asset, net

 

 

5,165

 

 

 

5,165

 

Deferred debt issuance costs

 

6,388

 

183

 

257

 

 

6,828

 

Total assets

 

$

384,936

 

$

406,427

 

$

89,629

 

$

(414,633

)

$

466,359

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

 

$

35,612

 

$

11,012

 

$

(12,008

)

$

34,616

 

Money orders payable

 

 

10,486

 

747

 

 

11,233

 

Accrued interest

 

6,420

 

6

 

1,849

 

(1,568

)

6,707

 

Current portion of capital lease obligation

 

 

1,447

 

120

 

 

1,567

 

Current portion of related party Florida seller notes

 

 

 

10,097

 

 

10,097

 

Current portion of subsidiary note payable

 

 

214

 

 

 

214

 

CCFI funding notes

 

 

 

5,353

 

(5,353

)

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

3,154

 

 

 

3,154

 

Total current liabilities

 

6,420

 

50,919

 

29,178

 

(18,929

)

67,588

 

Noncurrent Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease termination payable

 

 

1,266

 

56

 

 

1,322

 

Capital lease obligation

 

 

1,430

 

55

 

 

1,485

 

Stock repurchase obligation

 

 

 

3,130

 

 

3,130

 

Lines of credit

 

27,200

 

 

 

 

27,200

 

Subsidiary note payable

 

 

940

 

35,000

 

 

35,940

 

Senior secured notes

 

353,716

 

 

 

 

353,716

 

Total liabilities

 

387,336

 

54,555

 

67,419

 

(18,929

)

490,381

 

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

(2,400

)

351,872

 

22,210

 

(395,704

)

(24,022

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

384,936

 

$

406,427

 

$

89,629

 

$

(414,633

)

$

466,359

 

 

91



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Community

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Choice Financial

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

$

63,372

 

$

14,362

 

$

 

$

77,734

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,877

 

 

 

3,877

 

Finance receivables, net

 

 

101,493

 

41,181

 

(2,256

)

140,418

 

Short-term investments, certificates of deposit

 

 

1,115

 

 

 

1,115

 

Card related pre-funding and receivables

 

 

2,606

 

 

 

2,606

 

Other current assets

 

 

45,856

 

101

 

(20,117

)

25,840

 

Deferred tax asset, net

 

 

12,770

 

 

 

12,770

 

Total current assets

 

 

231,089

 

55,644

 

(22,373

)

264,360

 

Noncurrent Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in Subsidiaries

 

368,838

 

15,168

 

 

(384,006

)

 

Finance receivables, net

 

 

19,251

 

 

 

19,251

 

Leasehold improvements and equipment, net

 

 

36,734

 

2,901

 

 

39,635

 

Goodwill

 

 

191,530

 

31,035

 

 

222,565

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

2,902

 

643

 

 

3,545

 

Security deposits

 

 

2,486

 

167

 

 

2,653

 

Deferred tax asset, net

 

 

17,052

 

 

 

17,052

 

Deferred debt issuance costs

 

8,950

 

50

 

328

 

 

9,328

 

Total assets

 

$

377,788

 

$

516,262

 

$

90,718

 

$

(406,379

)

$

578,389

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of capital lease obligation

 

$

 

$

1,050

 

$

116

 

$

 

$

1,166

 

Current portion of related party Florida seller notes

 

 

 

2,786

 

 

2,786

 

Current portion of subsidiary note payable

 

 

383

 

 

 

383

 

CCFI funding notes

 

 

 

5,353

 

(5,353

)

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,993

 

 

 

2,993

 

Accrued interest

 

8,046

 

1

 

640

 

(498

)

8,189

 

Money orders payable

 

 

8,508

 

582

 

 

9,090

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

39,242

 

13,656

 

(16,522

)

36,376

 

Total current liabilities

 

8,046

 

52,177

 

23,133

 

(22,373

)

60,983

 

Noncurrent Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary note payable

 

 

1,154

 

32,600

 

 

33,754

 

Capital lease obligation

 

 

1,635

 

171

 

 

1,806

 

Stock repurchase obligation

 

 

 

4,130

 

 

4,130

 

Related party Florida seller notes

 

 

 

9,346

 

 

9,346

 

Senior secured notes

 

420,000

 

 

 

 

420,000

 

Deferred Revenue

 

 

2,982

 

 

 

2,982

 

Total liabilities

 

428,046

 

57,948

 

69,380

 

(22,373

)

533,001

 

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

(50,258

)

458,314

 

21,338

 

(384,006

)

45,388

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

377,788

 

$

516,262

 

$

90,718

 

$

(406,379

)

$

578,389

 

 

92



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Community

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Choice Financial

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance receivable fees

 

$

 

$

250,241

 

$

74,829

 

$

 

$

325,070

 

Credit service fees

 

 

106,328

 

 

 

106,328

 

Check cashing fees

 

 

51,138

 

11,688

 

 

62,826

 

Card fees

 

 

8,232

 

510

 

 

8,742

 

Dividend

 

 

27,250

 

 

(27,250

)

 

Other

 

 

22,612

 

2,920

 

(1,119

)

24,413

 

Total revenues

 

 

465,801

 

89,947

 

(28,369

)

527,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

74,066

 

6,563

 

 

80,629

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

152,279

 

38,730

 

 

191,009

 

Occupancy

 

 

27,811

 

3,342

 

(49

)

31,104

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

20,915

 

618

 

 

21,533

 

Lease termination costs

 

 

3,267

 

399

 

 

3,666

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

9,346

 

922

 

 

10,268

 

Other

 

 

53,377

 

4,570

 

 

57,947

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

341,061

 

55,144

 

(49

)

396,156

 

Operating gross profit

 

 

124,740

 

34,803

 

(28,320

)

131,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate expenses

 

 

88,697

 

1,848

 

 

90,545

 

Intercompany management fee

 

 

(3,435

)

3,435

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4,877

 

531

 

 

5,408

 

Interest expense, net

 

50,821

 

376

 

8,855

 

(1,070

)

58,982

 

Interest expense allocation

 

(50,821

)

49,152

 

1,669

 

 

 

Market value of stock repurchase obligation

 

 

 

(1,000

)

 

(1,000

)

Gain on debt extinguishment

 

(47,976

)

 

 

 

(47,976

)

Goodwill impairment

 

 

68,017

 

 

 

68,017

 

Total corporate and other expenses

 

(47,976

)

207,684

 

15,338

 

(1,070

)

173,976

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

47,976

 

(82,944

)

19,465

 

(27,250

)

(42,753

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

15,729

 

(27,194

)

6,382

 

(8,934

)

(14,017

)

Allocation of valuation allowance

 

 

38,674

 

2,602

 

 

41,276

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

15,729

 

11,480

 

8,984

 

(8,934

)

27,259

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

32,247

 

$

(94,424

)

$

10,481

 

$

(18,316

)

$

(70,012

)

 

93



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Community

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Choice Financial

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance receivable fees

 

$

 

$

322,529

 

$

39,415

 

$

 

$

361,944

 

Credit service fees

 

 

41,497

 

 

 

41,497

 

Check cashing fees

 

 

69,434

 

10,309

 

 

79,743

 

Card fees

 

 

7,224

 

328

 

 

7,552

 

Dividend

 

 

4,500

 

 

(4,500

)

 

Other

 

 

25,298

 

3,238

 

(1,019

)

27,517

 

Total revenues

 

 

470,482

 

53,290

 

(5,519

)

518,253

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

69,300

 

6,734

 

 

76,034

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

173,448

 

17,277

 

 

190,725

 

Occupancy

 

 

26,775

 

3,469

 

(12

)

30,232

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

18,803

 

851

 

 

19,654

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

7,684

 

802

 

 

8,486

 

Other

 

 

49,408

 

3,508

 

 

52,916

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

345,418

 

32,641

 

(12

)

378,047

 

Operating gross profit

 

 

125,064

 

20,649

 

(5,507

)

140,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate expenses

 

 

78,798

 

2,171

 

 

80,969

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4,716

 

1,047

 

 

5,763

 

Interest expense, net

 

50,004

 

578

 

5,767

 

(1,007

)

55,342

 

Interest expense allocation

 

(50,004

)

50,004

 

 

 

 

Market value of stock repurchase obligation

 

 

 

3,202

 

 

3,202

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

72,105

 

 

 

72,105

 

Total corporate and other expenses

 

 

206,201

 

12,187

 

(1,007

)

217,381

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(81,137

)

8,462

 

(4,500

)

(77,175

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

(31,218

)

3,256

 

(1,733

)

(29,695

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

(49,919

)

5,206

 

(2,767

)

(47,480

)

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

(4,585

)

 

(4,585

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

 

$

(49,919

)

$

621

 

$

(2,767

)

$

(52,065

)

 

94



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Community

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Choice Financial

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance receivable fees

 

$

 

$

278,931

 

$

11,473

 

$

 

$

290,404

 

Credit service fees

 

 

19,302

 

 

 

19,302

 

Check cashing fees

 

 

74,831

 

8,991

 

 

83,822

 

Card fees

 

 

5,917

 

158

 

 

6,075

 

Other

 

 

22,970

 

3,154

 

(456

)

25,668

 

Total revenues

 

 

401,951

 

23,776

 

(456

)

425,271

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and benefits

 

 

62,117

 

6,494

 

 

68,611

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

120,987

 

5,867

 

 

126,854

 

Occupancy

 

 

23,930

 

3,173

 

 

27,103

 

Advertising and marketing

 

 

13,647

 

952

 

(338

)

14,261

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

6,987

 

502

 

 

7,489

 

Other

 

 

42,148

 

3,372

 

 

45,520

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

269,816

 

20,360

 

(338

)

289,838

 

Operating gross profit

 

 

132,135

 

3,416

 

(118

)

135,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate expenses

 

 

63,347

 

980

 

(118

)

64,209

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4,626

 

2,131

 

 

6,757

 

Interest expense, net

 

49,822

 

231

 

2,081

 

(59

)

52,075

 

Interest expense allocation

 

(49,822

)

49,822

 

 

 

 

Loss on equity method investments

 

 

(261

)

 

 

(261

)

Market value of stock repurchase obligation

 

 

(360

)

 

 

(360

)

Total corporate and other expenses

 

 

117,405

 

5,192

 

(177

)

122,420

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

14,730

 

(1,776

)

59

 

13,013

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

5,845

 

(705

)

23

 

5,163

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

 

8,885

 

(1,071

)

36

 

7,850

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

 

(1,117

)

 

(1,117

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

 

$

8,885

 

$

(2,188

)

$

36

 

$

6,733

 

 

95



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Community

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

Choice Financial

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

626

 

$

157,481

 

$

37,038

 

$

195,145

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net receivables originated

 

 

(138,545

)

(21,165

)

(159,710

)

Net acquired assets, net of cash

 

 

(810

)

 

(810

)

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

 

 

(18,993

)

(988

)

(19,981

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(158,348

)

(22,153

)

(180,501

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of senior secured notes

 

(18,308

)

 

 

(18,308

)

Proceeds from subsidiary note

 

 

 

2,400

 

2,400

 

Payments on subsidiary note

 

 

(383

)

 

(383

)

Payments on related party Florida seller notes

 

 

 

(2,250

)

(2,250

)

Payments on capital lease obligations

 

 

(1,684

)

(112

)

(1,796

)

Proceeds on lines of credit

 

27,200

 

 

 

27,200

 

Intercompany activities

 

(9,710

)

9,710

 

 

 

Debt issuance costs

 

192

 

(162

)

(330

)

(300

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(626

)

7,481

 

(292

)

6,563

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

6,614

 

14,593

 

21,207

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

63,372

 

14,362

 

77,734

 

Ending

 

$

 

$

69,986

 

$

28,955

 

$

98,941

 

 

96



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Community

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

Choice Financial

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

2,160

 

$

161,490

 

$

31,534

 

$

195,184

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net receivables originated

 

 

(141,089

)

(43,280

)

(184,369

)

Net acquired assets, net of cash

 

 

(874

)

(1,318

)

(2,192

)

Internally developed software intangible asset

 

 

 

(72

)

(72

)

De-consolidation of Insight Holdings

 

 

6,731

 

(7,359

)

(628

)

Proceeds from sale of equity investment

 

 

 

3,500

 

3,500

 

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

 

 

(22,174

)

(1,254

)

(23,428

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(157,406

)

(49,783

)

(207,189

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from subsidiary note

 

 

1,547

 

32,600

 

34,147

 

Payments on subsidiary note

 

 

(10

)

(8,100

)

(8,110

)

Payments on related party Florida seller notes

 

 

(2,632

)

2,132

 

(500

)

Payments on capital lease obligations, net

 

 

(656

)

193

 

(463

)

Net payments on lines of credit

 

(25,000

)

 

 

(25,000

)

Buyback of restricted stock units

 

 

(107

)

 

(107

)

Payments on mortgage note payable

 

 

 

(426

)

(426

)

Proceeds from refinance of mortgage note payable

 

 

 

720

 

720

 

Member distribution

 

 

 

(387

)

(387

)

Intercompany activities

 

22,840

 

(22,840

)

 

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

(446

)

 

(446

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(2,160

)

(25,144

)

26,732

 

(572

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(21,060

)

8,483

 

(12,577

)

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

84,432

 

5,879

 

90,311

 

Ending

 

$

 

$

63,372

 

$

14,362

 

$

77,734

 

 

97



Table of Contents

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Community

 

Guarantor

 

Non-Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

Choice Financial

 

Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

2,792

 

$

150,705

 

$

7,508

 

$

161,005

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net receivables originated

 

 

(147,217

)

(15,712

)

(162,929

)

Net acquired assets, net of cash

 

 

(2,453

)

1,587

 

(866

)

Purchase of customer list intangible

 

 

(22

)

 

(22

)

Internally developed software intangible asset

 

 

 

(156

)

(156

)

Proceeds from sale of leasehold improvements and equipment

 

 

181

 

 

181

 

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

 

 

(13,578

)

(360

)

(13,938

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(163,089

)

(14,641

)

(177,730

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease payments

 

 

845

 

(1,453

)

(608

)

Payments on long-term debt

 

 

(2,721

)

(1,779

)

(4,500

)

Net advances on lines of credit

 

25,000

 

 

 

25,000

 

Net advances on susidiary note

 

 

 

8,100

 

8,100

 

Intercompany activities

 

(27,792

)

27,792

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(2,792

)

25,916

 

4,868

 

27,992

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

13,532

 

(2,265

)

11,267

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

70,900

 

8,144

 

79,044

 

Ending

 

$

 

$

84,432

 

$

5,879

 

$

90,311

 

 

98



Table of Contents

 

Note 23. Subsequent Events

 

Material Contract

 

On January 12, 2016, the Company renewed its operating agreement with Western Union for a five year period commencing in January 2017.  The Company received a signing bonus for renewing the contract which will be recorded as deferred revenue and recognized over the life of the contract.

 

Sale of Florida II

 

On January 31, 2016, Buckeye Check Cashing of Florida, Inc. (“Seller”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement by and among Seller and Buckeye Check Cashing of Florida III, LLC (the “Buyer”).  Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to sell to Buyer or its designee all of the membership interests of Buckeye Check Cashing of Florida II, LLC (“Buckeye”), which was an unrestricted subsidiary under the Company’s outstanding senior secured debt instruments.  Through Buckeye, the Company most recently operated 43 stores in the South Florida market (the “South Florida Stores”).

 

The Seller and Buyer have agreed to the following as consideration for the purchase of the South Florida Stores by Buyer:

 

·                  1,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company held by Check Cashing USA Holdings Inc., will be assigned to the Company and all put rights previously associated therewith will be cancelled; and

 

·                  The Company is released from liability for two promissory notes totaling $10.1 million that arose in connection with the Company’ acquisition of the South Florida Stores and other assets.

 

In addition, the Company has agreed to provide a temporary line of credit with initial available credit of $6.0 million to the Buyer or its transferees to facilitate Buyer’s or such transferee’s assumption of management and operating responsibilities for the South Florida Stores.  The line of credit is secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of Buckeye, including the Buyer’s membership interests in Buckeye.

 

The transaction closed on February 1, 2016.

 

Bond Repurchase

 

In 2016, the Company, using corporate funds, repurchased $86.8 million of outstanding senior secured notes due in 2019 for aggregate consideration of $30.3 million plus accrued interest, and repurchased $12.5 million of outstanding senior secured notes due in 2020 for aggregate consideration of $4.5 million plus accrued interest.  These purchases were made at various times at various prices and through open market purchases.

 

Non-Guarantor Financing

 

On March 23, 2016, CCFI Funding, LLC (“CCFI Funding”), a non-guarantor subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Ivy Funding Three, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, pursuant to which CCFI Funding borrowed $7.4 million to acquire loans from the retail and internet segments. The Promissory Note has a maturity date of December 23, 2016, interest rate of 18.50%, and contains certain restrictions on dividends and payments on subordinated indebtedness.

 

99



Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9.                        CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None

 

ITEM 9A.               CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our SEC reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within applicable time periods. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO, and Chief Financial Officer, or CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management, including our CEO and CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2015. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that, as of December 31, 2015, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that decisions can be made timely with respect to required disclosures, as well as ensuring that the recording, processing, summarization and reporting of information required to be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 are appropriate.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule I3a-15(f). Under the supervision of management and with the participation of our CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission published in 2013. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015.

 

As an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, we are exempt from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. As a result, RSM US LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has not audited or issued an attestation report with respect to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B.               OTHER INFORMATION

 

None

 

100



Table of Contents

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.                          DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

Executive officers and directors

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to our directors and executive officers as of December 31, 2015.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Office and Position

William E. Saunders, Jr.

 

42

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Kyle Hanson

 

40

 

President

Michael Durbin

 

47

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Bridgette Roman

 

53

 

Executive Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

H. Eugene Lockhart

 

66

 

Lead Director

Andrew Rush

 

58

 

Director

Lee A. Wright

 

44

 

Director

Michael Langer

 

39

 

Director

Felix Lo

 

37

 

Director

Eugene Schutt

 

62

 

Director

Jennifer Adams Baldock

 

56

 

Director

Mark Witkowski

 

30

 

Director

 

William E. Saunders, Jr. became our Chief Executive Officer in, and has served as a Director since June 2008, and became Chairman of the Board of Directors effective May 14, 2014. Mr. Saunders served as our Chief Financial Officer from March 2006 to June 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Saunders was a Vice President for Stephens Inc., an investment bank, from 2004 to 2006 and, prior to that, was an associate at Houlihan Lokey, an investment bank, SunTrust Equitable Securities, an investment bank, and Arthur Andersen, an accounting firm.  Mr. Saunders holds a B.S. in Business with Special Attainment in Accounting and Commerce from Washington & Lee University. Mr. Saunders brings extensive investment banking, finance, merger & acquisition, management, and strategic experience to our board of directors.

 

Kyle Hanson became our President in May 2008. Mr. Hanson served as our Director of Store Operations from August 2005 to February 2008 and then as our Vice President of Store Operations from February 2008 to May 2008. From December 1997 through July 2005, Mr. Hanson worked for us in various operational capacities for the Company, including as a store manager and a district and regional manager.  Mr. Hanson is also a member of the Financial Service Centers of America (FiSCA) Board of Directors and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Volunteers of America of Greater Ohio. Mr. Hanson holds a B.S. in Communications from Ohio University.

 

Michael Durbin became our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and a Senior Vice President effective December 31, 2010, and became an Executive Vice President effective April 28, 2014. From June 2008 to December 2010, Mr. Durbin was a Managing Director at Servius Capital LP, an investment banking firm based in Atlanta, Georgia, and during that time Mr. Durbin served as Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company. From July 1995 to June 2008, Mr. Durbin was a Senior Vice President at National City Bank, located in Cleveland, Ohio, where his principal business was corporate banking with a specialization in retail and financial services. Mr. Durbin is also on the Board of Directors of the Salvation Army of Central Ohio. Mr. Durbin holds a B.S.B.A. summa cum laude from Ohio University and an M.B.A. from Fisher College of Business at The Ohio State University.

 

Bridgette Roman became our Senior Vice President and Secretary in January 2011 and became an Executive Vice President effective April 28, 2014. Ms. Roman has served as our General Counsel since October 2006. Before Ms. Roman became our Senior Vice President and Secretary, Ms. Roman served as our Vice President and Assistant Secretary from June 2008 to December 2010. Prior to joining the Company in October 2006, Ms. Roman was Senior Corporate Counsel at Cooper Tire & Rubber Company, a global tire manufacturer. From 1995 to 2004, Ms. Roman was a litigation partner with the law firm of Schottenstein, Zox & Dunn (now known as Ice Miller) and from 1988 to 1995 was an associate with the same firm. Ms. Roman is the President of the Executive Board of Pilot Dogs Inc., and a trustee of the Columbus Museum of Art. She previously served on the Board of Directors of Children’s Hunger Alliance and Junior Achievement of Central Ohio. Ms. Roman holds a B.A. in Political Science from The Ohio State University and a J.D. from Duquesne University, School of Law.

 

H. Eugene Lockhart became a director in May 2006, and became Lead Director effective May 14, 2014. Mr. Lockhart is the Chairman of and a general partner in MissionOG, as well as a Senior Advisor of General Atlantic LLC. Beginning in 2005, Mr. Lockhart served as Chairman of Diamond Castle’s Financial Institutions Investment practice until April 2011. Before joining

 

101



Table of Contents

 

Diamond Castle in 2005 as Chairman of its Financial Institutions Investment practice, Mr. Lockhart became Venture Partner for Oak Investment Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Lockhart has worked in a senior executive role at several organizations, including from 1993 to 1997 as President and Chief Executive Officer of MasterCard International, as Chief Executive Officer of Midland Bank plc (from 1986 to 1993), as President of the Global Retail Bank of Bank of America (from 1997 to 1999) and as President of Consumer Services at AT&T. Mr. Lockhart is the former Chairman of NetSpend Corporation and Argus Information and Advisory Services LLC. He is also a director of Huron Consulting Group. Mr. Lockhart is a former Director of RJR Nabisco Holdings, First Republic Bank, LendingTree, Inc., Asset Acceptance Corp., IMS Health Inc., Vesta Corporation, and RadioShack Corp. Mr. Lockhart holds a B.S. from the University of Virginia and an M.B.A. from The Darden School at the University of Virginia.

 

Andrew Rush became a director in May 2006. Mr. Rush has many years of experience as a private equity investor. Mr. Rush is a co-founder and Senior Managing Director at Diamond Castle, a position he has held since 2004. Before serving as a Senior Managing Director at Diamond Castle, Mr. Rush was a Managing Director for DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, which he joined in 1989. Mr. Rush is a Director of Bonten Media Group, NES Rentals Holdings, Inc., KDC Solar LLC, and Suture Express, Inc., and a former Director of Alterra Capital Holdings, Ltd., AXIS Capital Holdings Limited, Nextel Partners, Inc., neuf telecom S.A. and several other companies. Mr. Rush holds a B.A., magna cum laude, from Wesleyan University, a J.D., cum laude, from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. with distinction from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Lee A. Wright became a director in May 2006.  Mr. Wright was previously a Senior Managing Director at Diamond Castle from 2005 to July of 2012. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Wright was a Director at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners, a private equity firm. Mr. Wright previously worked at CSFB Private Equity (1996 to 2000) as a Vice President and Associate and was an analyst in CSFB’s Investment Banking division (1994 to 1996). Mr. Wright currently is CEO and a Director of Professional Directional Enterprises, Inc. (since 2010) and a former Director of U.S. Express Leasing, Inc.  Frontier Drilling ASA and Adhesion Holdings Inc., where he served as a Director between 2008 and 2011, when it merged with Multi-Color Corporation.  Mr. Wright continued to serve on Multi-Color’s board until April of 2012.  Mr. Wright holds a B.S., magna cum laude, from Washington & Lee University.

 

Michael Langer became a director in May 2006. Mr. Langer is also the Managing Director of Diamond Castle, which he joined in 2005. Prior to joining Diamond Castle, Mr. Langer worked at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners and, prior to that, was an Associate at Leonard Green & Partners and an Analyst in the Investment Banking division at Deutsche Bank from 1998 to 2000. Since 2007, Mr. Langer is also a Director of Beacon Health Options Inc,, Suture Express, Inc., and a former Director of Managed Health Care Associates, Inc.  Mr. Langer holds a B.S., magna cum laude from Boston College, where he graduated Beta Gamma Sigma, and an M.B.A. with Honors from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Felix Lo became a director in April 2011. Mr. Lo is also a Principal at Golden Gate Capital, a private equity firm which he joined in 2004. From 2003 to 2004, Mr. Lo was an investment professional at Bain Capital, a private investment firm, and, prior to that, was a consultant at Bain & Company (from 2001 to 2003). Mr. Lo also serves as a director of Tollgrade Communications, and VTS Systems. Mr. Lo holds an A.B. in Public Policy from Brown University.

 

Eugene R. Schutt became a director in February 2012 and is Chairman of the Audit Committee. Since 2009, Mr. Schutt has served the University of Virginia as President of the College Foundation and as Associate Dean of Development in the College and Graduate School of Arts & Sciences. Prior to joining the University of Virginia, Mr. Schutt had more than 30 years of business experience in financial services, most recently as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Citicorp Trust Bank, a Citigroup company. From 1992 until 1999, he was president of Avco Financial Services Inc., a branch-based multi-national consumer finance enterprise and from 1984 until 1991, he was president of Pratt Industries Inc. He began his career with the Philadelphia National Bank and spent nearly a decade managing two Asia/Pacific subsidiaries. Mr. Schutt is a 24-year member of the Young Presidents and World Presidents’ Organization and has served on the boards of the American Financial Services Association and the Financial Services Roundtable’s Housing Policy Council. He holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Virginia.

 

Jennifer Adams Baldock has served as a Director since April of 2013.  Ms. Baldock previously served as a Director of Asset Acceptance Capital Corp and is a consultant to Roselon Industries, Inc.  In 1991, Ms. Adams joined World Color Press, Inc. as Vice President and General Counsel and remained with World Color Press, Inc. in a number of capacities until 1999, when she left World Color Press as Vice Chairman, Chief Legal and Administrative Officer and Secretary. Prior to joining World Color Press, Inc., Ms. Adams was an associate with the law firm of Latham & Watkins LLP. While in private practice, Ms. Adams represented corporate clients in numerous transactions. While at World Color Press, Ms. Adams oversaw the legal, human resources, environmental, information technology and investor relations functions, numerous acquisitions and debt transactions and the company’s initial public offering.

 

Mark Witkowski has served as a Director since December of 2012. Mr. Witkowski is also a Vice President at Diamond Castle, which he joined in 2009. Prior to joining Diamond Castle, Mr. Witkowski worked as an analyst in the Mergers & Acquisitions Group at J.P. Morgan. Mr. Witkowski holds a B.S., cum laude, from The Ohio State University.

 

102



Table of Contents

 

Code of Ethics

 

We have a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.  A copy of our code of ethics may be obtained without charge by contacting the company in writing at the address set forth on the cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Director Independence

 

Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Mr. Lockhart, Mr. Wright, Mr. Schutt and Ms. Baldock is an independent director within the meaning of the applicable rules of the SEC.

 

Board Committees

 

The Board has four standing committees to facilitate and assist the Board in the execution of its responsibilities. The committees currently are the Audit Committee, the Compliance Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nominating & Governance Committee. The table below shows the membership for each of the standing Board committees as of December 31, 2015.

 

Audit Committee

 

Compliance
Committee

 

Compensation
Committee

 

Nominating &
Governance
Committee

Eugene Lockhart

 

William Saunders

 

Eugene Lockhart

 

Eugene Lockhart

Lee Wright

 

Lee Wright

 

Lee Wright

 

Eugene Schutt

Eugene Schutt

 

Eugene Lockhart

 

Andrew Rush

 

William Saunders

 

Audit Committee

 

Our Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Lockhart, Schutt and Wright. Mr. Schutt serves as Chairman. The Audit Committee, among other things, oversees our accounting practices and processes, system of internal controls, independent auditor relationships, financial statement audits and audit and financial reporting processes.

 

Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of our Audit Committee is “independent” within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our Board of Directors has also determined that each member of our Audit Committee is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by SEC regulations.

 

Compliance Committee

 

Our Compliance Committee consists of Messrs. Lockhart, Wright and Saunders. Mr. Saunders serves as Chairman. The Compliance Committee, among other things, oversees our compliance functions.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Lockhart, as Chairman, and Messrs. Rush and Wright. Our Compensation Committee reviews and recommends policy relating to compensation and benefits of our directors and executive officers, including evaluating executive officer performance, reviewing and approving executive officer compensation, reviewing director compensation, making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the approval, adoption and amendment of incentive compensation plans, and administering equity-based incentive compensation and other plans.

 

Nominating and Governance Committee

 

Our Nominating and Governance Committee consists of Mr. Lockhart, as Chairman, and Messrs. Saunders and Schutt. The Nominating and Governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other things (a) responsibility for establishing our corporate governance guidelines, (b) overseeing our board of director’s operations and effectiveness and (c) identifying, screening and recommending qualified candidates to serve on our board of directors.

 

103



Table of Contents

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Lockhart, as Chairman, and Messrs. Rush and Wright. None of these individuals has ever been an officer or employee of ours or any of our subsidiaries. None of our executive officers serves or have served as a member of the compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our Compensation Committee.

 

ITEM 11.                                         EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis discusses the material aspects of the compensation program that applied to our executive team for 2015. This discussion includes a description of the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and our most important executive compensation decisions for 2015, and provides our analysis of those policies and decisions. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis also gives perspective to the information we present in the compensation tables and related footnotes and narratives below.

 

As more fully described below, the Compensation Committee currently makes, and is expected to continue to make, all compensation decisions for CCFI’s executive officers, including the following executive officers named in the 2015 Summary Compensation Table below, which officers we refer to as the named executive officers:

 

·                  William E. Saunders, Jr.—Chief Executive Officer;

 

·                  Michael J. Durbin—Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer;

 

·                  Kyle F. Hanson—President; and

 

·                  Bridgette C. Roman—Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary.

 

All compensation paid to CCFI’s executive officers in 2015 was paid by CheckSmart Financial LLC, an indirect subsidiary of CCFI.

 

Executive Compensation Philosophy & Objectives

 

Our Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing and administering our policies governing the compensation for our named executive officers. The Compensation Committee is composed entirely of non-employee directors.

 

The Compensation Committee believes that named executive officer compensation packages should incorporate an appropriate balance of fixed versus variable compensation—as well as cash-based compensation versus share-based compensation—and reward performance that is measured against established goals that correspond to our short-term and long-term business plan and objectives. CCFI’s ongoing named executive officer compensation program is designed to achieve the following objectives:

 

·                  Attract and retain talented and experienced executives in the highly competitive and dynamic financial services industry;

 

·                  Motivate and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

·                  Align the interests of our executives and shareholders by motivating executives to increase shareholder value and rewarding executives for attention to creating long-term shareholder value increases, but doing so in a manner that does not encourage executives to take unreasonable risks that could threaten our viability;

 

·                  Provide a competitive compensation package that emphasizes pay for performance, and in which total compensation is primarily determined by Company and individual results and long-term increases in shareholder value;

 

·                  Ensure fairness among the named executive officers by recognizing the relative contributions each executive makes to our success;

 

·                  Foster a shared commitment among executives by coordinating their Company and individual goals; and

 

104



Table of Contents

 

·                  Compensate our executives to manage our business to meet our long-range objectives.

 

Our Compensation Practices

 

The Compensation Committee meets outside the presence of all of our executive officers, including the named executive officers, to consider appropriate compensation for our Chief Executive Officer, whom we refer to as our CEO. The Compensation Committee conducts an annual review of our CEO’s performance and determines his base salary, annual cash incentive bonus and long-term equity incentive awards based on its assessment of his performance. For compensation decisions regarding all other named executive officers, the Compensation Committee meets outside the presence of all executive officers except our CEO.

 

On an annual basis, our CEO reviews each other named executive officer’s performance with the Compensation Committee and makes recommendations to the Compensation Committee with respect to the appropriate base salaries, annual cash incentive bonuses and grants of long-term equity incentive awards for all executive officers, excluding himself. Based on these recommendations from our CEO and the other considerations discussed below, the Compensation Committee reviews and approves the annual compensation packages of our executive officers other than our CEO.  Factors such as the importance of the position to us, the past salary history of the executive officer and the contributions made and expected to be made by the executive officer to us are given specific consideration by our Compensation Committee when setting base salaries, annual cash incentive bonuses and grants of long-term equity incentive awards.

 

In 2015, the Compensation Committee followed the same process described above and used the same inputs in considering and setting compensation for our named executive officers, which resulted in the named executive officers earning the following distribution of fixed and variable compensation:

 

Named Executive Officer

 

% Fixed Compensation

 

% Variable Compensation (1)

 

Mr. Saunders

 

18

 

82

 

Mr. Durbin

 

33

 

67

 

Mr. Hanson

 

30

 

70

 

Ms. Roman

 

50

 

50

 

 


(1)         This column includes the named executive officers’ annual cash incentive bonuses for 2015 under our 2012 Executive Compensation, Benefit and Severance Program, which we refer to as the 2012 Program, discretionary bonuses for 2015, and their payments received in 2015 under the Retention Plan adopted in 2014, which we refer to as our Retention Plan.

 

The Compensation Committee is guided by the following principles relative to specific decisions regarding executive compensation:

 

Provide compensation opportunities that are competitive in the marketplace.

 

To attract and retain executives with the ability and the experience necessary to lead us and deliver strong performance to our shareholders, we strive to provide a total compensation package that is competitive with total compensation provided by other private and public companies in our industry. In 2015, we did not specifically benchmark our compensation levels against a defined peer group.  However, we considered competitive market pay data to be relevant to our compensation decisions, as it allows our decision-makers to obtain a general understanding of current compensation practices. To this end, our management team gathered competitive market compensation information from the following sources:

 

·                  Data in proxy statements and other filings from public financial services companies that we believe are comparable to us based on revenue (ranging from $188 million to $1.3 billion) and market capitalization (ranging from $65 million to $1.6 billion). To provide context, our 2015 revenue was $527.4 million;

 

105



Table of Contents

 

·                  Informal reviews of comparably sized public and private companies (measured generally by the revenue and market capitalization ranges described above); and

 

·                  Informal reviews of salaries posted on executive search websites.

 

We utilize this data not to base, justify or establish particular compensation levels, but rather to assess the overall competitiveness of our compensation packages. Our goal is to ensure that our executives are compensated at levels that are generally commensurate to what they could achieve at similarly situated companies in our industry and in comparable executive positions in other industries. For each named executive officer, we consider this general understanding in concert with the following more important factors:

 

·                  Our business need for the executive’s skills;

 

·                  The contributions that the executive has made, or we believe will make, to our success;

 

·                  The transferability of the executive’s managerial skills to other potential employers;

 

·                  The relevance of the executive’s experience to other potential employers, particularly in the payments industry; and

 

·                  The readiness of the executive to assume a more significant role with another potential employer.

 

Require performance goals to be achieved in order for each named executive officer to earn his or her annual cash bonus.

 

Our named executive officer compensation program emphasizes pay for performance, which to us means paying performance-based compensation to reward the achievement of strategic goals that enhance shareholder value.  In 2015, the Compensation Committee utilized performance-based annual cash incentive bonuses under the 2012 Program to help retain our named executive officers during a demanding year. These annual cash incentive bonuses were based on the named executive officers’ performance measured based on achievement of individual executive performance goals. The individual performance measures were established by the Compensation Committee (and by our CEO in the case of each named executive officer other than the CEO) so that achievement of the goals is not assured for a given year. Achieving pay for performance therefore requires significant individual performance effort on the part of our executives.

 

Offer comprehensive benefits package to all full-time employees.

 

We provide a competitive benefits package to all full-time employees, which package includes health and welfare benefits, such as medical, dental, and vision care, disability insurance, life insurance benefits, and potential participation in a 401(k) savings plan. These benefits are provided to support our employees’ basic health and welfare needs and to provide them with tax efficient ways to save cash compensation for retirement.

 

Provide fair and equitable compensation.

 

We provide a total compensation program that we believe is perceived by both our executives and our shareholders as fair and equitable. In addition to using market pay information to develop a general understanding of current compensation practices and considering individual circumstances related to each executive, we also generally consider the pay of each named executive officer relative to each other named executive officer and relative to other members of our management team. We have designed the total compensation programs for our named executive officers to be consistent with those for our executive management team as a whole.

 

Analysis of 2015 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions

 

The 2012 Program first entered into effect for Messrs. Saunders and Hanson, and Ms. Roman on January 1, 2012. When Mr. Durbin’s employment agreement terminated on December 31, 2013, his compensation arrangement became governed by the 2012 Program. The 2012 Program provides that Mr. Saunders will determine the general duties of the other named executive officers and provides that the named executive officers’ annual base salaries will be determined by the Compensation Committee.

 

106



Table of Contents

 

Under the 2012 Program, each named executive officer is also entitled to business and professional expense reimbursement and perquisites offered by us, which may include eligibility under our aircraft policy, health savings account payments, and an automobile allowance as determined by the Compensation Committee. The named executive officers also participate under the 2012 Program in our benefit plans, including our 401(k) plan, and Mr. Hanson receives payment for certain life insurance premiums. The 2012 Program also sets forth the procedure by which an officer may be terminated, and provides for certain payments and benefits upon termination described below.

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, the total compensation opportunity for our named executive officers was comprised of the following components:

 

·                  base salary;

 

·                  performance-based annual cash incentive bonuses;

 

·                  equity awards in the form of stock options;

 

·                  payments under our Retention Plan; and

 

·                  retirement and health savings contributions through the 401(k) plan and health savings accounts and executive perquisites.

 

2015 Base Salary

 

A clear objective of our executive compensation program has been and is to pay a base salary that is competitive (based on a general understanding of the data and survey elements discussed above) and geared toward retaining our named executive officers. The 2015 base salaries of the named executive officers were set in light of our expectations of them, their contributions to us, their job responsibilities, their historical individual contributions to the Company, their individual performance during the prior year and their goals and objectives for the subsequent year.

 

The Company does not enter into employment agreements (the terms of employment of our named executive officers are generally governed by the 2012 Program.)

 

To determine the 2015 base salaries for our named executive officers, the Compensation Committee subjectively considered job responsibilities and individual contributions during 2014 and those expected in 2015, with particular reference to the following considerations:

 

·                  execution of specified Company operational objectives during 2015;

 

·                  overall Company financial performance during the prior year;

 

·                  competitive market pay data (as described above);

 

·                  salary information previously provided by Meridian Compensation Partners;

 

·                  the individual performance of each named executive officer during 2014; and

 

·                  the individual goals and objectives for each named executive officer for 2015.

 

For 2015, the Compensation Committee decided to keep base salaries for named executive officers at their 2014 levels as follows based on the factors outlined above:

 

Named Executive Officer

 

2014 Base Salary

 

2015 Base Salary

 

% Increase

 

Mr. Saunders

 

$

1,000,000

 

$

1,000,000

 

0

%

Mr. Durbin

 

$

400,000

 

$

400,000

 

0

%

Mr. Hanson

 

$

575,000

 

$

575,000

 

0

%

Ms. Roman

 

$

400,000

 

$

400,000

 

0

%

 

107



Table of Contents

 

Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses

 

The 2012 Program provides that each named executive officer is eligible to participate in a performance-based annual incentive bonus at the following percentage of his or her respective base salary: Mr. Saunders, 125%; Mr. Durbin, 100%; Mr. Hanson, 113%; and Ms. Roman, 60%. Under the 2012 Program, the performance-based annual bonus is earned based on the relative achievement of the goals and objectives (or milestones) established by, for Mr. Saunders, the Chairman of the Compensation Committee and, for the other named executive officers, by Mr. Saunders; it is not intended that the Compensation Committee will take an active role in establishing these goals and objectives for the named executive officers other than Mr. Saunders

 

The Compensation Committee for Mr. Saunders, and Mr. Saunders for the other named executive officers, communicated the applicable milestones to each named executive officer in early 2015. The milestones were specifically designed by the Compensation Committee, or Mr. Saunders in the case of the other named executive officers, to be broad based and qualitative achievements rather than narrow quantitative objectives. The following chart describes the milestones upon which the annual cash incentive bonuses were based for each of the named executive officers for 2015:

 

Named Executive Officer

 

2015 Milestones for Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses

Mr. Saunders

 

Leadership in new product development

 

 

Strategic relationship achievements

 

 

Public relations achievements

 

 

Strategic positioning of Company in light of anticipated regulatory changes

 

 

2015 financial budget achievements

 

 

 

Mr. Durbin

 

Finance and accounting achievements

 

 

Leadership and management achievements

 

 

Timely and accurate filing of all SEC required reports

 

 

Risk and analytics achievements

 

 

External relations achievements

 

 

 

Mr. Hanson

 

Department and employee oversight achievements

 

 

Strategic positioning of Company in light of anticipated regulatory changes

 

 

New product achievements

 

 

Leadership in legacy markets

 

 

Compliance achievements

 

 

2015 financial budget achievements

 

 

 

Ms. Roman

 

Legal, compliance and corporate governance achievements

 

 

Community relations achievements

 

 

Political Action Committee achievements

 

 

Personnel management achievements

 

 

Executive compensation management achievements

 

 

Support of Board of Directors’ initiatives and administrative requirements

 

Under our 2012 Program, as supplemented by Meridian Compensation Partners’ 2013 recommendations, each of the named executive officers was assigned the following target annual cash incentive bonus opportunity and received the following payout:

 

Named Executive Officer

 

2015 Annual Cash Bonus Target

 

2015 Annual Cash Bonus Paid

 

Mr. Saunders

 

$

1,250,000

 

$

1,250,000

 

Mr. Durbin

 

240,000

 

240,000

 

Mr. Hanson

 

570,000

 

570,000

 

Ms. Roman

 

240,000

 

240,000

 

 

Based on its subjective review of each named executive officer’s performance against his or her milestones, as supplemented by our CEO’s input with respect to each other named executive officer’s performance during 2015, the Compensation Committee determined that the annual cash incentive bonuses had been earned at the full target level for each named executive officer. In making these determinations, the Compensation Committee decided that each named executive officer had achieved substantially all of his or

 

108



Table of Contents

 

her milestones for 2015. The Compensation Committee approved the final cash bonus payments in December 2015.

 

The annual cash bonuses paid to the named executive officers for 2015 are included in the 2015 Summary Compensation Table under the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column. We believe that the annual cash incentive bonuses actually paid to the named executive officers for 2015 achieved our executive compensation objectives, compare favorably to the cash bonuses paid by other financial services companies and were consistent with our emphasis on pay for performance.

 

Retention Plan

 

On April 28, 2014, the Compensation Committee approved a new retention plan, which we refer to as the Retention Plan.  The Retention Plan awards replaced those previously granted under the Company’s 2013 Long Term Incentive Program, which we refer to as our LTIP. The Compensation Committee’s objective in adopting the Retention Plan was to incentivize the grantees’ longer-term commitment to the Company during a period of significant uncertainty in the federal regulatory environment. The Compensation Committee believed that the Retention Plan served as a better vehicle to meet this objective than would additional equity awards. This Retention Plan provides award recipients the opportunity to earn a cash incentive award over a multi-year period of at least three years.  Grantees under the Retention Plan are entitled to quarterly payments totaling 38%, 33%, and 29%, respectively, of the aggregate award opportunity in years one, two, and three following the grant as long as (1) the grantee remains continuously employed by the Company until the payment date and (2) no default or event of default is existing or created under the Company’s bond indenture or credit agreement or other debt obligations when and if the bonus is paid. Should a default or an event of default be existing or created by the payment of the bonus, then the bonus will be paid at such time as there is no such default or event of default and the Company may make the payment without creating a default or an event of default subject to the named executive officer remaining employed until that date.  As a result of adopting the Retention Plan, outstanding awards under the LTIP were cancelled and each LTIP grantee released the Company for any claims under the LTIP.

 

The Compensation Committee also in 2014 approved Retention Plan awards to Messrs. Saunders, Hanson, and Durbin and Ms. Roman.  These awards are subject to a three-year incentive period and provide the following aggregate incentive award opportunities: Mr. Saunders, $6,480,047; Mr. Hanson, $2,047,500; Mr. Durbin, $1,200,000; and Ms. Roman, $500,000. The awards are generally subject to the terms of the new Retention Plan. The portions of these awards that were earned and paid in 2015 are as follows:

 

Named Executive Officer

 

2015 Retention Plan Award
Earned

 

2015 Retention Plan Award
Paid

 

Mr. Saunders

 

$

2,160,016

 

$

2,160,016

 

Mr. Durbin

 

400,000

 

400,000

 

Mr. Hanson

 

682,500

 

682,500

 

Ms. Roman

 

166,668

 

166,668

 

 

Long-Term Equity Incentive Compensation

 

Our long-term equity incentive compensation has historically been in the form of either stock options to acquire our common shares or stock appreciation rights. During early 2013, however, the Compensation Committee and management decided that, given our stage of development, stock options and restricted stock units would be the appropriate vehicles through which to provide long-term incentive compensation to the named executive officers going forward. Other types of long-term equity incentive awards may be considered in the future if a market for our common shares develops and our business strategy evolves.

 

Long-term equity incentive awards have been periodically awarded to executives, including the named executive officers, as part of their total compensation package.  These awards were historically made under our 2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan (or 2006 Plan), which has been amended and restated as our 2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan, and which we refer to as the 2011 Plan. The determination of the number of stock options or other awards granted to a named executive officer are subjectively determined by the Compensation Committee based on performance relative to the individual’s contribution to the Company’s financial and strategic objectives, the individual’s base salary and target bonus amount and the market pay levels for the named executive officer.  Generally, no consideration is given to a named executive officer’s share holdings or previous stock options in determining the number of stock options or other awards to be granted to him or her for a particular year. The Compensation Committee believes that the named executive officers should be fairly compensated each year relative to market pay levels, as described above, and relative to our other executive officers.  Moreover, the Compensation Committee believes that a long-term equity incentive

 

109



Table of Contents

 

compensation program furthers our emphasis on pay for performance and provides a useful method of aligning the interests of the executives with the interests of our shareholders.

 

In February 2015, the outstanding restricted stock units for our named executive officers became fully vested resulting in vested awards to each of Messrs. Saunders, Hanson, and Durbin of 4,800, 3,346, and 1,782 restricted stock units, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2015, 2,941,746 shares of common stock had been authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2011 Plan. As of December 31, 2015, awards covering 2,004,456 shares had been granted under the 2011 Plan and 937,290 shares of common stock were available for further award purposes. There were no options granted to named executive officers during 2015.

 

Discretionary Bonuses

 

On August 6, 2014, the Compensation Committee approved an additional discretionary bonus for Mr. Saunders to recognize his substantial assistance in avoiding any change in control triggers as a result of the recapitalization activities of certain of the Company’s shareholders. The Committee approved two payments of $1,000,000 each: the first payment was paid to Mr. Saunders in December of 2014, and the second bonus payment was paid in December 2015.  In the case of Messrs. Durbin and Hanson, the Compensation Committee determined that each had far exceeded his goals and made significant additional contributions to the Company and its operations, and that each had, because of increased regulatory demands, managed a considerably greater work load than was anticipated when the Compensation Committee initially determined their bonus opportunities. As a consequence, the Compensation Committee determined that an additional discretionary bonus was warranted for Messrs. Durbin and Hanson and awarded them an additional $160,000 and $80,000, respectively. The Compensation Committee approved these additional discretionary cash bonus payouts in December 2015.

 

Other Benefits

 

Retirement savings opportunities

 

All employees, including our named executive officers and subject to certain age and length-of-service requirements, may participate in our standard tax-qualified defined contribution (401(k)) plan, which we refer to as our 401(k) Plan. Generally, each employee may make pre-tax contributions of up to 100% of their eligible earnings up to the current Internal Revenue Service annual pre-tax contribution limits. We provide the 401(k) Plan to help employees save some amount of their cash compensation for retirement in a tax efficient manner. We also make matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 3%, and 50% of the next 2%, of the eligible earnings that an employee contributes to the 401(k) Plan. We provide this matching contribution because it is a customary compensation feature that we must offer to compete for employees.

 

Health and welfare benefits

 

All full-time employees, including our named executive officers, may participate in our health and welfare benefit programs, including medical, dental and vision care coverage, health savings accounts, and disability and life insurance, which we offer as a customary practice to help all employees, including the named executive officers, provide for their basic life and health needs.

 

Certain executive perquisites

 

For 2015, we provided our named executive officers with certain other executive perquisites and personal benefits, which we use to attract and retain our executive talent. These perquisites and personal benefits included a $11,400 automobile allowance for each of Messrs. Saunders, Hanson, and Durbin, employer matching contributions to a 401(k) account for each of Messrs. Saunders, Hanson, and Durbin, and Ms. Roman, rollover of accrued vacation value to a health savings account for each of Messrs. Saunders and Hanson, personal use of Company-owned or Company-leased aircraft for each of Messrs. Saunders and Hanson, Company-paid life insurance premiums for the benefit of Mr. Hanson, and employer matching contributions to a health savings account for each of Messrs. Saunders, Hanson, and Durbin, and Ms. Roman. For more information about these perquisites and personal benefits, see the “2015 Summary Compensation Table” and its related footnotes below.

 

In 2011 we adopted a Company policy applicable to business and personal use of Company-owned, leased or chartered aircraft, which we refer to as Company aircraft for purposes of describing this policy. Under this policy, Mr. Saunders’ use of Company aircraft is subject to approval by the Lead Director. Use of Company aircraft by the other named executive officers is subject to approval by Mr. Saunders and is subject to the terms of the policy. Company aircraft or personal aircraft may be used by the named executive officers (except Mr. Saunders) for commuting if approved by Mr. Saunders and by Mr. Saunders subject to approval by the Lead Director. Under the policy, spousal or significant other travel may be permitted on Company aircraft, in which case Mr. Saunders or the board may approve reimbursement of the spouse or significant other’s travel expenses and may approve a tax gross-up for the respective named executive officer with respect to any compensation resulting from such travel.

 

Severance under the 2012 Program

 

The 2012 Program also sets forth the procedure by which covered officers may be terminated, and provides for certain payments and benefits upon termination described immediately below.

 

Termination by us without cause, or resignation by named executive officer for good reason.  The 2012 Program provides that if we terminate a named executive officer’s employment without cause, or if a named executive officer resigns for good reason

 

110



Table of Contents

 

(as each term is defined below), the named executive officer is entitled to receive the following payments and continued benefits for the length of the base salary payment period:

 

·                  Mr. Saunders: two times his annual base salary payable over a two-year period;

 

·                  Mr. Hanson: one and one-half times his annual base salary payable over a one-and-one-half-year period; and

 

·                  Mr. Durbin and Ms. Roman: one times his or her base salary payable over a one-year period.

 

In addition, upon any such termination, each named executive officer is entitled to receive payments related to accrued and unpaid base salary and vacation pay through the termination date and any annual cash incentive bonus that has been earned for the year in which the termination occurs. All of the above payments and continued benefits are subject to the execution by the named executive officer of a non-competition agreement and general release of claims in favor of us.

 

“Cause” is generally defined under the 2012 Program as:

 

·                  material failure to perform the duties and responsibilities reasonably assigned to the named executive officer (subject to a 20-day cure period) or the performance of such duties in a grossly negligent manner or the commission of an act of willful misconduct;

 

·                  failure or refusal to comply, on a timely basis, with any lawful direction or instruction of our board of directors or the CEO;

 

·                  the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation of funds, breach of fiduciary duty or an act of dishonesty against the Company;

 

·                  the conviction of the named executive officer of, or the entry of a plea of nolo contendere or guilty by, the named executive officer to, a felony; or

 

·                  habitual drug addiction or intoxication.

 

“Good reason” generally arises under the 2012 Program upon a reduction in the named executive officer’s base salary, the non-timely payment of the officer’s base salary or annual cash incentive bonus or benefits, the Company’s breach of the 2012 Program’s provisions, or a material reduction in the officer’s duties or responsibilities (subject to certain carve-outs under the 2012 Program), in each case subject to a twenty day cure period.

 

Termination by us without cause, or resignation by named executive officer for good reason, coupled with a change in control.  Each named executive officer will receive the following enhanced severance payments and continued health and welfare benefits for the length of the base salary payment period in the event that he or she is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 180 days before or two years after a change in control:

 

·                  Messrs. Saunders and Hanson: three times his annual base salary payable over a three-year period; and

 

·                  Mr. Durbin and Ms. Roman: two times his or her base salary payable over a two-year period.

 

In addition, upon any such termination, each named executive officer is entitled to receive payments related to accrued and unpaid base salary and vacation pay through the termination date and a pro rata annual cash incentive bonus for the year in which the termination occurs. All of the above payments and continued benefits are subject to the execution by the named executive officer of a non-competition agreement and general release of claims in favor of us.

 

“Change in control” is generally defined under the 2012 Program as:

 

·                  the sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets to other than our current shareholders, their affiliates or our management; or

 

·                  the acquisition by any person or group of 50% or more of our total voting stock (or of the total voting stock of any parent of the Company) unless in connection with an initial public offering.

 

111



Table of Contents

 

Termination by us for cause or resignation by named executive officer for other than good reason.  We are not obligated to make any cash payment or provide any continued benefits to our named executive officers if their employment was terminated by us for cause or by the named executive officer without good reason, other than the payment of accrued and unpaid base salary and vacation pay through the termination date.

 

Termination upon death.  In the event of termination due to death, we are obligated to pay the named executive officer’s accrued and unpaid base salary, vacation pay and annual cash incentive bonus through the termination date and pay premiums at the employee rate for continued health and welfare benefits to the executive’s spouse and dependents for twelve months.  These payments and continued benefits are subject to the execution by the named executive officer’s executor or personal representative of a general release of claims in favor of us.

 

Termination upon disability.  In the event of termination due to disability (as defined in the 2012 Program), we are obligated to pay the named executive officer’s accrued and unpaid base salary and vacation pay through the termination date, the annual cash incentive bonus otherwise earned for the year in which the termination occurred and pay his or her annual base salary and premiums at the employee rate for continued health and welfare benefits until the earlier of (1) six months following termination or (2) the date on which the named executive officer becomes entitled to long-term disability benefits under our applicable plan or program.  These payments and continued benefits are subject to the execution by the named executive officer of a general release of claims in favor of us.

 

Share Ownership Guidelines

 

Share ownership guidelines have not been implemented by the Compensation Committee for our named executive officers. We have chosen not to require pre-specified levels of share ownership given the limited market for our shares. We will continue to periodically review best practices and re-evaluate our position with respect to share ownership guidelines.

 

Tax Deductibility of Executive Compensation

 

Limitations on deductibility of compensation may occur under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which generally limits the tax deductibility of compensation paid by a public company to its CEO and certain other highly compensated executive officers to $1 million in the year the compensation becomes taxable to the executive officer. There is an exception to the limit on deductibility for performance-based compensation that meets certain requirements. The Compensation Committee generally considers the deductibility of compensation when making its compensation decisions.  Although the Compensation Committee may take action to limit the impact of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Compensation Committee also believes that the tax deduction is only one of several relevant considerations in setting compensation.  Accordingly, achieving the desired flexibility in the design and delivery of compensation may result in compensation that in some or all cases is not deductible for federal income tax purposes.

 

Compensation-Related Risk Analysis

 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, a team consisting of members of our management, including members from our internal legal, accounting, finance and human resources departments, along with our external legal counsel, engaged in a subjective review of our compensation policies and practices that apply to all of our employees. This review was designed to evaluate, consider and analyze the extent to which, if any, our compensation policies and practices might create risks for the Company. This review also was focused on the variable and incentive elements of our executive compensation programs, as well as any policies and practices that could mitigate or balance any risks introduced by such elements. These team members are regularly exposed to information about our policies and practices as they relate to Company-wide compensation programs and the potential creation of any risks that are likely to have a material adverse impact on the Company. We did not find that any of our compensation policies and practices for our employees create any risks that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. The results of the review were reviewed and independently considered by the Compensation Committee. There were no material changes to the compensation policies and practices during 2014 and 2015.

 

Summary of Compensation

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to compensation paid for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, and 2015 by us (or our indirect subsidiary CheckSmart Financial LLC) to our CEO, our CFO, our two other most-highly compensated executive officers still serving in such capacities on December 31, 2015.

 

112



Table of Contents

 

2015 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary ($)(1)

 

Bonus ($)(2)

 

Stock
Awards ($)

 

Option Awards
($)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)

 

Change in Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Defined
Compensation
Earnings ($)

 

All Other
Compensation
($)(4)

 

Total ($)

 

William E. Saunders, Jr.,

 

2015

 

1,057,692

 

3,160,016

 

 

 

1,250,000

 

 

80,648

 

5,548,356

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

2014

 

954,735

 

3,468,589

 

 

 

1,250,000

 

 

161,649

 

5,834,973

 

Chairman of the Board

 

2013

 

674,622

 

 

 

310,811

 

1,401,874

 

 

100,130

 

2,487,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Durbin,

 

2015

 

423,077

 

560,000

 

 

 

240,000

 

 

23,896

 

1,246,973

 

Executive Vice President

 

2014

 

410,890

 

557,143

 

 

 

240,000

 

 

23,565

 

1,231,598

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

2013

 

379,261

 

 

 

13,324

 

474,999

 

 

22,240

 

889,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kyle F. Hanson

 

2015

 

604,477

 

762,500

 

 

 

570,000

 

 

98,450

 

2,035,427

 

President

 

2014

 

585,795

 

780,000

 

 

 

575,000

 

 

103,150

 

2,043,945

 

 

 

2013

 

518,939

 

 

 

391,268

 

779,122

 

 

101,480

 

1,790,809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bridgette C. Roman

 

2015

 

403,860

 

166,668

 

 

 

240,000

 

 

10,978

 

821,506

 

Executive Vice President

 

2014

 

370,833

 

190,476

 

 

 

240,000

 

 

11,030

 

812,339

 

General Counsel and Secretary

 

2013

 

300,000

 

 

 

471,729

 

258,381

 

 

10,870

 

1,040,980

 

 


(1)                                     The amounts reported in this column for 2015 represent the total of salaries paid to each named executive officer and an additional $57,692, $23,077, $29,477, and $3,860 paid in lieu of accrued vacation to Messrs. Saunders, Durbin, and Hanson, and Ms. Roman, respectively.

(2)                                     The amounts reported in this column for 2015 represent the portion of the August 6, 2014 discretionary bonus for Mr. Saunders that was paid in 2015, the additional discretionary bonuses of $160,000 and $80,000 paid to Messrs. Durbin and Hanson, respectively, and the Retention Plan awards paid to our named executive officers in 2015. For more information about the 2015 Retention Plan awards payments, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis of 2015 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions — Retention Plan” above.  The $1,000,000 discretionary bonus for Mr. Saunders is to recognize his substantial assistance in avoidance of any change in control triggers as a result of certain recapitalization activities of certain of the Company’s shareholders. For information about the discretionary bonuses, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis: Analysis of 2015 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions-Discretionary Bonuses” above.

(3)                                     The amounts reported in this column for 2015 represent the annual cash incentive bonuses paid to our named executive officers in 2015.  For more information about the 2015 annual cash incentive bonuses, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis of 2015 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions — Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses” above.

(4)                                     The amounts reported in this column include: (A) for Mr. Saunders, an $11,400 automobile allowance, a $10,400 employer matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan, an employer matching contribution and rollover of accrued vacation value to a health savings account, and $52,198 of personal aircraft usage in 2015; (B) for Mr. Hanson, an $11,400 automobile allowance, a $10,400 employer matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan, an employer matching contribution and rollover of accrued vacation value to a health savings account, and $70,000 of Company-paid life insurance premium expenses in 2015; (C) for Mr. Durbin, an $11,400 automobile allowance, a $10,400 employer matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan, an employer matching contribution and rollover of accrued vacation value to a health savings account, and personal aircraft usage in 2015, and (D) for Ms. Roman, a $10,400 employer matching contribution to the 401(k) Plan, and an employer matching contribution to a health savings account. None of the amounts reported in this column, if not a perquisite or personal benefit, exceeds $10,000 or, if a perquisite or personal benefit, exceeds the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the total amount of perquisites and personal benefits for the officer, except as provided in this footnote. The value of personal use of aircraft by any named executive officer is calculated by multiplying the actual average hourly operating cost for the aircraft for the month in which the personal use occurs, by the hours flown to cover the actual statute miles of all such personal travel and adding such product to the sum of all landing fees, pilot fees, terminal charges and food service fees. All personal usage by any named executive officers is reported as taxable income.

 

2015 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

 

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity

 

 

 

Incentive Plan Awards

 

Name

 

Threshold ($)

 

Target ($)(1)

 

Maximum ($)

 

Mr. Saunders

 

 

1,250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Durbin

 

 

240,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Hanson

 

 

570,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Roman

 

 

240,000

 

 

 


(1)         These amounts are the target annual cash incentive bonus opportunities established for 2015 for the named executive officers (there were no threshold or maximum levels established for the annual cash incentive bonuses). The amounts actually earned by the named executive officers for 2015 are included in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the 2015 Summary Compensation Table above.  For more information about the annual cash incentive bonuses, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Analysis of 2015 Executive Compensation Decisions and Actions — Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses” above.

 

Employment Agreements

 

The employment agreements for all of our named executive officers expired under the terms of those agreements on or before December 31, 2013. No new employment agreements were executed. Instead, employment agreements were replaced by the 2012 Program, which was designed to establish the terms and conditions for our named executive officers’ compensatory

 

113



Table of Contents

 

arrangements with us (including severance and indemnification arrangements) without the need for individual bilateral employment agreements.

 

In February 2015, the outstanding restricted stock units for our named executive officers became fully vested resulting in vested awards to each of Messrs. Saunders, Hanson, and Durbin of 4,800, 3,346, and 1,782 restricted stock units, respectively.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal Year-End Table

 

 

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

Name

 

Grant Date

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable (1)

 

Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options
(#)(2)

 

Option
Exercise
Price ($)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

Mr. Saunders

 

12/31/2008

 

175,008

 

 

 

6.00

 

12/31/2018

 

 

 

12/31/2008

 

 

 

175,008

 

6.00

 

12/31/2018

 

 

 

2/13/2012

 

86,454

 

 

 

8.40

 

2/13/2022

 

 

 

5/20/2013

 

50,000

 

25,000

 

 

8.40

 

5/20/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Durbin

 

12/31/2010

 

252,600

 

 

 

8.27

 

4/30/2016

 

 

 

2/13/2012

 

31,962

 

 

 

8.40

 

2/13/2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mr. Hanson

 

5/9/2006

 

49,207

 

 

32,765

 

8.40

 

5/9/2016

 

 

 

6/4/2007

 

12,290

 

 

8,194

 

8.40

 

6/4/2017

 

 

 

12/31/2008

 

75,000

 

 

 

6.00

 

12/31/2018

 

 

 

12/31/2008

 

 

 

75,000

 

6.00

 

12/31/2018

 

 

 

2/13/2012

 

60,162

 

 

 

8.40

 

2/13/2022

 

 

 

5/20/2013

 

66,000

 

34,000

 

 

8.40

 

5/20/2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ms. Roman

 

12/31/2008

 

 

 

12,000

 

6.00

 

12/31/2018

 

 

 

2/13/2012

 

35,070

 

 

 

8.40

 

2/13/2022

 

 

 

5/20/2013

 

82,500

 

42,500

 

 

8.40

 

5/20/2023

 

 


(1)                                  These stock options generally vest ratably in equal one-third increments over the first three years following the grant date, or upon the officer’s termination without cause or for good reason in connection with a change in control (as such terms are defined in the applicable option award agreement).

 

(2)                                  These amounts represent performance-based stock options or stock appreciation rights that will vest if Diamond Castle recoups its investment in an initial public offering or upon a change in control.

 

114



Table of Contents

 

2015 Option Exercises and Stock Vested Table

 

None of our named executive officers exercised any stock options during 2015.

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)

 

Value Realized on
Exercise ($)

 

Number of Shares
Acquired on
Vesting (#)

 

Value Realized on
Vesting ($)

 

William E. Saunders

 

 

 

4,800

 

40,320

 

Michael J. Durbin

 

 

 

1,782

 

14,969

 

Kyle F. Hanson

 

 

 

3,346

 

28,106

 

Bridgette C. Roman

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Pension Benefits and 2015 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

 

We do not maintain any defined benefit plans, other plans with specified retirement benefits or nonqualified deferred compensation plans in which our named executive officers participate.

 

2015 Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

 

During 2015, we were a party to certain arrangements effective for 2015 that required us to provide compensation and other benefits to the named executive officers in the event of a termination of their employment or a change in control of the Company. The following paragraphs describe the potential payments and benefits payable upon such termination or change in control for each named executive officer at December 31, 2015 under the 2012 Program, as applicable.

 

Termination by us without cause, or termination by named executive officer for good reason

 

The 2012 Program provides that if we terminate a named executive officer’s employment without cause, or if a named executive officer resigns for good reason (defined below), the named executive officer is entitled to receive the following payments and continued health and welfare benefits for the length of the base salary payment period:

 

·                  Mr. Saunders: two times his annual base salary payable over a two-year period;

 

·                  Mr. Hanson: one and one-half times his annual base salary payable over a one-and-one-half-year period; and

 

·                  Mr. Durbin and Ms. Roman: one times his or her base salary payable over a one-year period.

 

In addition, upon any such termination, each named executive officer is entitled to receive payments related to accrued and unpaid base salary and vacation pay through the termination date and any annual cash incentive bonus that has been earned for the year in which the termination occurs. All of the above payments and continued benefits are subject to the execution by the named executive officer of a non-competition agreement and general release of claims in favor of us.

 

“Cause” is generally defined under the 2012 Program as:

 

·                  material failure to perform the duties and responsibilities reasonably assigned to the named executive officer (subject to a 20-day cure period) or the performance of such duties in a grossly negligent manner or the commission of an act of willful misconduct;

 

·                  failure or refusal to comply, on a timely basis, with any lawful direction or instruction of our board of directors or the CEO;

 

·                  the commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation of funds, breach of fiduciary duty or an act of dishonesty against the Company;

 

·                  the conviction of the named executive officer of, or the entry of a plea of nolo contendere or guilty by, the named executive officer to, a felony; or

 

115



Table of Contents

 

·                  habitual drug addiction or intoxication.

 

“Good reason” generally arises under the 2012 Program upon a reduction in the named executive officer’s base salary, the non-timely payment of the officer’s base salary or annual cash incentive bonus or benefits, the Company’s breach of the 2012 Program’s provisions, or a material reduction in the officer’s duties or responsibilities (subject to certain carve-outs under the 2012 program), in each case subject to a 20-day cure period.

 

Termination by us without cause, or resignation by named executive officer for good reason, coupled with a change in control.  Each named executive officer will receive the following enhanced severance payments and continued benefits, under the 2012 program for the length of the base salary payment period in the event that he or she is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within 180 days before or two years after a change in control:

 

·                  Messrs. Saunders and Hanson: three times his annual base salary payable over a three-year period; and

 

·                  Mr. Durbin and Ms. Roman: two times his or her base salary payable over a two-year period.

 

In addition, upon any such termination, each named executive officer is entitled to receive payments related to accrued and unpaid base salary and vacation pay through the termination date and a pro rata annual cash incentive bonus for the year in which the termination occurs. All of the above payments and continued benefits are subject to the execution by the named executive officer of a non-competition agreement and general release of claims in favor of us.

 

“Change in control” is generally defined under the 2012 Program as:

 

·                  the sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of our assets to other than our current shareholders, their affiliates or our management; or

 

·                  the acquisition by any person or group of 50% or more of our total voting stock (or of the total voting stock of any parent of the Company) unless in connection with an initial public offering.

 

Termination by us for cause or resignation by named executive officer for other than good reason.  We are not obligated to make any cash payment or provide any continued benefits to our named executive officers if their employment was terminated by us for cause or by the named executive officer without good reason, other than the payment of accrued and unpaid base salary and vacation pay through the termination date.

 

Termination upon death.  In the event of termination due to death, we are obligated to pay the named executive officer’s accrued and unpaid base salary, vacation pay and annual cash incentive bonus through the termination date and pay premiums at the employee rate for continued health and welfare benefits to the executive’s spouse and dependents for twelve months.  These payments and continued benefits are subject to the execution by the named executive officer’s executor or personal representative of a general release of claims in favor of us.

 

Termination upon disability.  In the event of termination due to disability, we are obligated to pay the named executive officer’s accrued and unpaid base salary and vacation pay through the termination date, the annual cash incentive bonus otherwise earned for the year in which the termination occurred and pay his or her annual base salary and premiums at the employee rate for continued health and welfare benefits until the earlier of (1) six months following termination or (2) the date on which the named executive officer becomes entitled to long-term disability benefits under our applicable plan or program.  These payments and continued benefits are subject to the execution by the named executive officer of a general release of claims in favor of us.

 

Tabular disclosure. Based on a hypothetical termination and/or change in control occurring on December 31, 2015, the following table describes the potential payments and benefits our named executive officers would have received upon such termination or change in control on December 31, 2015.

 

116



Table of Contents

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment and/or a Change in Control Table

 

Name

 

Benefits and Payments

 

Involuntary
Termination
Without Cause/
Resignation for
Good Reason
($)(1)

 

Involuntary
Termination for
Cause/
Resignation
Without Good
Reason ($)(1)

 

Termination
Due to Death
($)(1)

 

Termination
Due to
Disability ($)(2)

 

Additional
Payment Upon
Change in
Control ($)(3)

 

William E. Saunders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salary Continuation

 

2,000,000

 

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

Annual Cash Bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retention Bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation

 

20,985

(4)

 

10,492

 

5,246

 

 

 

 

Equity Vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

2,020,985

 

 

10,492

 

505,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Durbin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salary Continuation

 

400,000

 

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

Annual Cash Bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retention Bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation

 

10,492

(4)

 

10,492

 

5,246

 

 

 

 

Equity Vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

410,492

 

 

10,492

 

205,246

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kyle F. Hanson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salary Continuation

 

862,500

 

 

 

287,500

 

 

 

 

Annual Cash Bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retention Bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation

 

15,739

(4)

 

10,492

 

5,246

 

 

 

 

Equity Vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

878,239

 

 

10,492

 

292,746

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bridgette C. Roman

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salary Continuation

 

400,000

 

 

 

200,000

 

 

 

 

Annual Cash Bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retention Bonus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Health and Welfare Benefits Continuation

 

7,701

(4)

 

7,701

 

3,850

 

 

 

 

Equity Vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

407,701

 

 

7,701

 

203,850

 

 

 


(1)         Assumes that all accrued base salary and vacation pay, expenses and benefits through December 31, 2015, have been paid as of December 31, 2015, and that all annual cash incentive bonuses for 2015 have been earned and paid for 2015 as of December 31, 2015.

 

(2)         Assumes that continued health and welfare benefits are provided for six months.

 

(3)         The values reported as equity vesting in this column represent the assumed value for each named executive officer of the vesting of his or her unvested equity awards described above in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal Year-End Table” upon a change in control occurring on December 31, 2015. There is no value as the assumed value for our common shares on December 31, 2015 is less than the exercise price for his or her unvested equity awards. For information about enhanced benefits received upon an involuntary termination without cause or a resignation for good reason in connection with a change in control. see “2015 Potential Payments upon Termination on Change in Control” above.

 

(4)         Assumes that continued health and welfare benefits are provided for the same number of months as salary continuation.

 

117



Table of Contents

 

Director Compensation

 

During 2015, Eugene Lockhart, Lee Wright, Michael Langer, Felix Lo, Andrew Rush, Eugene Schutt, Jennifer Adams Baldock, and Mark Witkowski served as our directors. In 2015, we had four directors not employed by us or our majority shareholders whom we refer to as “non-employee directors.” These non-employee directors are Mr. Lockhart, Mr. Schutt, Ms. Adams Baldock, and Mr. Wright. Each non-employee director received an annual director fee of $70,000.  Directors who serve on the Board’s compensation, audit, or compliance committees receive an additional fee of $5,000 per committee. Mr. Lockhart serves on the compliance committee for the Company’s subsidiaries and receives an additional fee of $65,000 for services on that committee. Mr. Wright was also reimbursed for expenses of $1,873 in attending board or committee meetings. Under the 2012 Director Deferred Compensation Program, each non-employee director had the option to defer fifty percent of his or her 2015 compensation.

 

2015 Director Compensation Table

 

Name

 

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)

 

Total ($)

 

H. Eugene Lockhart

 

93,333

 

93,333

 

Lee Wright

 

75,000

 

75,000

 

Michael Langer

 

 

 

Felix Lo

 

 

 

Andrew Rush

 

 

 

Mark Witkowski

 

 

 

Jennifer Adams Baldock

 

70,000

 

70,000

 

Eugene Schutt

 

71,667

 

71,667

 

 

ITEM 12.                 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information as of March 1, 2016 regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding common equity, by:

 

·                  each person or entity known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common shares;

 

·                  each of our directors and named executive officers; and

 

·                  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

118



Table of Contents

 

Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and generally include any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, common shares subject to options or underlying restricted stock units held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2016 are deemed outstanding. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and as provided pursuant to applicable community property laws, the shareholders named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite each shareholder’s name. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each of the persons listed below is: c/o Community Choice Financial Inc., 6785 Bobcat Way, Suite 200, Dublin, Ohio 43016.

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

5% Shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

Diamond Castle Holdings (1)

 

4,806,000

 

60.2

%

Funds managed by Golden Gate Capital (2)

 

1,178,214

 

14.8

%

James H Frauenberg 1998 Trust (3)

 

835,800

 

10.5

%

California Check Cashing Stores, Inc. (4)

 

447,162

 

5.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

 

 

 

 

William E. Saunders, Jr. (5)

 

460,598

 

5.5

%

Kyle Hanson (6)

 

269,351

 

3.3

%

Michael Durbin (7)

 

288,126

 

3.5

%

Bridgette Roman (8)

 

117,570

 

1.5

%

H. Eugene Lockhart

 

 

 

Lee A Wright (9)

 

8,484

 

*

 

Michael Langer

 

 

 

Felix Lo

 

 

 

Andrew Rush

 

 

 

Eugene Schutt (10)

 

8,484

 

*

 

Jennifer Baldock (11)

 

8,484

 

*

 

Mark Witkowski

 

 

 

All executive officers and directors as a group (12)

 

1,161,097

 

15.5

%

 


*                 Represents less than 1%

 

(1)                                 Includes (a) 4,791,890 common shares held by Diamond Castle Partners 2014 L.P., or DCP 2014, of which DCP IV GP L.P. is the general partner (DCP IV GP-GP, L.L.C. is the general partner of DCP IV GP, L.P.), and (b) 14,110 common shares held by DCP 2014 Deal Leaders Fund, L.P., or DCP 2014 DLF, of which DCP IV GP L.P. is the general partner (DCP IV GP-GP, L.L.C. is the general partner of DCP IV GP, L.P.). The manner in which the investments of DCP 2014 and DCP 2014 DLF are held, and any decisions concerning their ultimate disposition, are subject to the control of an investment committee consisting of certain partners of Diamond Castle: Ari Benacerraf, Michael Ranger, and Andrew Rush. The investment committee is appointed by DCP IV GP, L.P. The investment committee has voting and investment power with respect to the common shares owned by DCP 2014 and DCP 2014 DLF. The address of DCP 2014, and DCP 2014 DLF is 280 Park Avenue, Floor 25E, New York, New York 10017.

 

(2)                                 Includes (a) 994,500 shares held by Golden Gate Capital Investment Fund II, L.P., (b) 61,800 shares held by Golden Gate Capital Investment Fund II-A, L.P., (c) 24,798 shares held by Golden Gate Capital Investment Fund II (AI), L.P., (d) 1,542 shares held by Golden Gate Capital Investment Fund II-A (AI), L.P., (e) 24,516 shares held by Golden Gate Capital Associates II-QP, L.L.C., (f) 390 shares held by Golden Gate Capital Associates II-AI, L.L.C., (g) 11,670 shares held by CCG AV, L.L.C.—Series A, (h) 39,540 shares held by CCG AV, L.L.C.—Series C, (i) 11,490 shares held by CCG AV, L.L.C.—Series G, and (j) 7,968 shares held by CCG AV, L.L.C.—Series I (the entities listed in clauses (a) through (j) above, the “Golden Gate Capital Entities”), each of which are funds managed by Golden Gate Capital. Golden Gate Capital may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares owned by the Golden Gate Capital Entities, but disclaims beneficial ownership pursuant to the rules under the Exchange Act. Felix Lo does not beneficially own any of the securities owned by the Golden Gate Capital Entities. The address for the Golden Gate Capital Entities is c/o Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., One Embarcadero Center, Ste. 3900, San Francisco, California 94111.

 

119



Table of Contents

 

(3)                                 James H. Frauenberg is the sole trustee of the trust which has sole voting and investment power over the shares, and accordingly Mr. Frauenberg may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares. The address for the James H. Frauenberg 1998 Trust is c/o James Frauenberg, 1310 Old Stickney Point Rd., Unit EP2, Sarasota, Florida 34242.

 

(4)                                 Jonathan Eager is the sole officer and director of California Check Cashing Stores, Inc. The sole shareholder of California Check Cashing Stores, Inc. is the Jonathan B. Eager Family Trust (a revocable trust), of which Mr. Eager is a trustor, trustee and beneficiary, with the authority to act individually, and accordingly Mr. Eager may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares. The address for California Check Cashing Stores, Inc. is c/o Jonathan Eager, P.O. Box 11162, Oakland, California 94611.

 

(5)                                 Includes 311,462 shares issuable upon exercise of options, and 9,600 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units, all of which will be vested on or within 60 days of March 1, 2016.

 

(6)                                 Includes 262,659 shares issuable upon exercise of options, and 6,692 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units, all of which will be vested on or within 60 days of March 1, 2016.

 

(7)                                 Includes 284,562 shares issuable upon exercise of options, and 3,564 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units, all of which will be vested on or within 60 days of March 1, 2016.

 

(8)                                 Includes 117,570 shares issuable upon exercise of options, all of which will be vested on or within 60 days of March 1, 2016.

 

(9)                                 Includes 8,484 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units, all of which will be vested on or within 60 days of March 1, 2016.

 

(10)                          Includes 8,484 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units, all of which will be vested on or within 60 days of March 1, 2016.

 

(11)                          Includes 8,484 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units, all of which will be vested on or within 60 days of March 1, 2016.

 

(12)                          Includes 976,253 shares issuable upon exercise of options, and 45,308 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units, all of which will be vested on or within 60 days of March 1, 2016.

 

ITEM 13.                  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The Audit Committee reviews and, if appropriate, approves all related party transaction that are required to be disclosed pursuant to item 404 of the SEC’s Regulation S-K.

 

Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement

 

Upon closing of the California Acquisition and related transactions in April 2011, we, along with CheckSmart and CCCS, entered into an Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement with Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital, which together own approximately 66.6% of our outstanding common shares. The Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement will terminate upon the consummation of certain initial public offerings. Pursuant to this agreement, Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital provide us with various financial advisory and other services. Under this agreement, we paid Diamond Castle an initial fee of $3.8 million in consideration of the advisory services they provided in connection with the California Acquisition and related transactions and we will pay Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital (or any of their respective designees to our board of directors) a quarterly fee on the first day of each calendar quarter, which is equal to the greater of $150,000 or 25% multiplied by 1.5% of our average EBITDA for the previous 12-month period ending on the last day of the quarter immediately preceding the date the quarterly fee is due. We are also required under the agreement to pay Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital (or any of their respective designees to our board of directors) 1% of the total value (as determined on the basis set forth in the agreement) of any acquisition or merger by us, any sale of the equity or assets of our Company, any sale or recapitalization or restructuring of equity or debt securities by our Company and any other similar transaction. These fees will be apportioned 78% to Diamond Castle and 22% to Golden Gate Capital unless certain specified changes in ownership percentages occur. Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital are also entitled to reimbursement from us for reasonable fees incurred in connection with the provision of services the agreement contemplates. The term of the Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement is for five years and will automatically renew on each anniversary so that the term is five years from the date of such renewal. The Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement may be terminated by the joint written approval of Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital at any time prior to the consummation of an initial public offering and shall terminate automatically with respect to each of Diamond Castle and Golden Gate Capital if their respective equity ownership in our Company falls below a certain specified percentage. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, we paid Diamond Castle fees of $0.7 million, $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively, and paid Golden Gate fees of $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Registration Rights

 

Our shareholders have certain registration right under the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among us and our shareholders. Diamond Castle has demand registration rights with respect to the common shares it owns. Golden Gate Capital has demand registration rights with respect to the common shares it owns upon the earlier of (i) six months after Diamond Castle consummates a demand registration and (ii) one year after the consummation of an initial public offering of our common shares. We are not obligated to effect (a) more than five demand registrations by Diamond Castle, (b) more than two demand registrations by Golden Gate Capital, (c) any demand registration unless the aggregate gross proceeds expected to receive from the sale of the securities requested to be included by all registering shareholders in such demand registration are at least $50 million (unless such securities identified in the demand registration constitute all remaining securities held by the requesting shareholder) or (d) more than one demand registration during any six-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days no more than twice and for no more than 120 days in the aggregate in any twelve-month period if our board of directors determines in good faith that the filing would be materially detrimental to us or our ability to effect a proposed material acquisition, disposition,

 

120



Table of Contents

 

financing, reorganization, recapitalization or similar transaction. If we register any securities for public sale, our shareholders have piggyback registration rights under the Shareholders Agreement to include their shares in the registration, subject to specified exceptions. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters’ discounts and selling commissions, incurred in connection with the exercise of these piggyback registration rights.

 

Corporate Office and Certain Branches

 

Certain properties where our branches are located are owned and operated by affiliates of Mr. Frauenberg and Mr. Lenhart, both of whom are beneficial owners. Rent paid to these related parties was $1.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Information Technology Consulting Services

 

The Company has a consulting agreement with a minority shareholder for information technology consulting services. Consulting services provided to the Company for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

 

Telecommunications Services

 

Certain senior members of management have an interest in a vendor from which the Company purchased telecommunications services. The $1.2 million and $0.1 million respectively, in hardware and services for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were provided to the Company by the vendor at a reduced rate.  If the Company were to source the service from another vendor, the overall cost of the service would likely increase.

 

Ivy Funding

 

Certain directors have an interest in the provider of the $31.7 million revolving line of credit and the $35.0 million subsidiary note.

 

Consumer Reporting Agencies

 

Certain senior members of management and directors of the Company have an indirect interest and serve as a director of a vendor that provides the Company with credit bureau services.

 

Aircraft

 

On July 19, 2014, a guarantor subsidiary of the Company entered in to a $1.4 million term note for the acquisition of a share of an airplane. The term note has a maturity of five years, bears interest at 4.25% per annum, and had an outstanding balance of $1.0 million as of December 31, 2015.

 

Non-guarantor Subsidiaries

 

We have $17.2 million in indebtedness evidenced by notes issued to the sellers of the Florida Acquisition and these notes had a balance outstanding of $10.1 million as of December 31, 2015. Some of which are stockholders of the Company as a result of such transaction. The notes are held by a subsidiary of ours that is classified as unrestricted under our senior secured notes, which we refer to as a non-guarantor subsidiary. This stockholder indebtedness was incurred in conjunction with the Florida Acquisition and is secured by the assets of such subsidiary. The sellers of the Florida acquisition are a holder of two notes both bearing interest at a stated rate of 10%. Cash paid to the sellers during 2015 for principal and interest totaled $3.3 million.

 

On December 20, 2013 and June 19, 2014, the Company created non-guarantor subsidiaries in order to acquire loans from the retail and internet portfolios. The non-guarantor subsidiaries raised funding through an $8.1 million note payable and $35.0 million installment loan to acquire the loans.

 

ITEM 14.                  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

RSM US. LLP served as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2015. Fees and expenses for services rendered by RSM in 2015 were approved by our Audit Committee and are set forth in the table below. We have determined that the provision of these services is compatible with maintaining the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm. RSM UK LLP, as approved by the Audit Committee, served as the accounting firm for the audit of our financial statements for our United Kingdom operations for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Fee Category

 

2015

 

2014

 

Audit Fees (1)

 

$

914

 

$

940

 

Tax Fees (2)

 

301

 

330

 

Foreign Audit Fees (3)

 

105

 

45

 

Audit Related Fees

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,320

 

$

1,315

 

 


(1)              Consists of fees and expenses for professional services rendered for the audit of our consolidated financial statements, audit of a subsidiary, review of a subsidiary, review of interim financial statements included in the quarterly reports, and services normally provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

 

(2)              Consists of fees and expenses for professional services related to tax planning and compliance services.

 

(3)            Consists of fees and expenses paid to RSM UK LLP for professional services rendered for the audit of our financial statements for our operations in the United Kingdom.

 

121



Table of Contents

 

Pre-Approval Policy for Auditor Services

 

The Audit Committee has adopted a policy that requires it to pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by the Company’s auditor in order to assure that providing such services will not impair the auditor’s independence.

 

The Audit Committee has the sole and direct responsibility and authority for the appointment, termination and compensation to be paid to the independent registered public accounting firm. The Committee has the responsibility to approve, in advance of the provision thereof, all audit services and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm as well as compensation to be paid with respect to such services.

 

Our Audit Committee Charter authorizes the Committee to delegate authority to pre-approve audit and permissible non-audit services to a member of the Committee. Any decisions made by such member under delegated authority, must be presented to the full Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

 

122



Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.                  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 13, 2011, by and among CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., Community Choice Financial Inc., CCFI Merger Sub I Inc., CCFI Merger Sub II Inc., the Seller Parties (as defined therein), the Seller Representative (as defined therein), CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc., CCCS Holdings, LLC and CheckSmart Financial Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on June 22, 2012 (the “Form S-4”))

 

 

 

2.2

 

First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 28, 2011, by and among CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp., Community Choice Financial Inc., CCFI Merger Sub I Inc., CCFI Merger Sub II Inc., the Seller Parties (as defined therein), the Seller Representative (as defined therein), CCCS Corporate Holdings, Inc., CCCS Holdings, LLC and CheckSmart Financial Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of Community Choice Financial Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

3.2

 

Code of Regulations of Community Choice Financial Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent, with respect to our 10.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

4.2

 

Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

4.3

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, by and between Insight Capital, LLC, and Republic Bank of Chicago (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

4.4

 

First Modification to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2011, by and between Insight Capital, LLC, and Republic Bank of Chicago (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

4.5

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2012, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

4.6

 

Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2012, among Community Choice Financial Inc., the Guaranteeing Subsidiaries (as defined therein) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to Amendment No. 2 to the Form S-4 filed with the SEC on September 11, 2012)

 

 

 

10.1

 

Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2011, among Community Choice Financial Inc. and the Shareholders of Community Choice Financial Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

10.2

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. 2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan, effective as of April 29, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.3

 

Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement dated as of April 29, 2011, by and among Community Choice Financial Inc., CheckSmart Financial Company, California Check Cashing Stores, LLC, Diamond Castle Holdings, LLC and GGC Administration, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form S-4)

 

 

 

10.4

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and between CheckSmart Financial Company and William E. Saunders, Jr., as amended three times to date, including (A) Restricted Share Award Agreement (2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan), dated as of May 1, 2006, between CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and William E.

 

123



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

 

 

Saunders, Jr., (B) Tandem Stock Option/Stock Unit Liquidity Event Award Agreement (2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan), dated as of May 1, 2006, between CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and William E. Saunders, Jr. and (C) Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Intellectual Property agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, between CheckSmart Financial Company and William E. Saunders, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.5

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, by and between CheckSmart Financial Company and Kyle Hanson, as amended two times to date, including (A) Option Grant Award Agreement (2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan), dated as of May 9, 2006, between CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and Kyle Hanson and (B) Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Intellectual Property agreement, dated as of May 1, 2006, between CheckSmart Financial Company and Kyle Hanson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2011, by and between CheckSmart Financial Company and Michael Durbin, including (A) Option Grant Award Agreement (2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan, as amended), dated as of December 31, 2010, between CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and Michael Durbin and (B) Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Intellectual Property agreement, dated as of January 1, 2011, between CheckSmart Financial Company and Michael Durbin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.7

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011, by and between Community Choice Financial Inc. and Bridgette C. Roman, including Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Intellectual Property agreement, dated as of April 1, 2011, between Community Choice Financial Inc. and Bridgette C. Roman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.8

 

Option Grant Award Agreement (2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan), dated as of June 4, 2007, between CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and Kyle Hanson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.9

 

Form Option Grant Award Agreement (2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan, as amended), dated as of December 31, 2008, with CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.10

 

Option Grant Award Agreement (2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan, as amended), dated as of December 31, 2008, between CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and Bridgette Roman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.11

 

Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement (2006 Management Equity Incentive Plan, as amended), dated as of December 31, 2008, between CheckSmart Financial Holdings Corp. and Chad Streff (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.12

 

2012 Executive Compensation, Benefit and Severance Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.13

 

Form Option Grant Award Agreement (2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.14

 

Form Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Form S-4)*

 

 

 

10.15

 

Amendment to Shareholders Agreement among Community Choice Financial Inc. and the Shareholders of Community Choice Financial Inc., effective as of April 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Form S-4)

 

124



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 

 

10.16

 

Community Choice Financial Inc. 2012 Director Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013)*

 

 

 

10.17

 

Software License Agreement and Software Support and Maintenance Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2013, by and between eCash Software Systems, Inc. and Community Choice Financial Inc.  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 14, 2013)**

 

 

 

10.18

 

Option Grant Award Agreement (2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan, as amended), dated as of May 9, 2013 between Community Choice Financial Inc. and Kyle Hanson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013)*

 

 

 

10.19

 

Option Grant Award Agreement (2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan, as amended), dated as of May 9, 2013 between Community Choice Financial Inc. and William E. Saunders(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013) *

 

 

 

10.20

 

Option Grant Award Agreement (2011 Management Equity Incentive Plan, as amended), dated as of May 9, 2013 between Community Choice Financial Inc. and Bridgette Roman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013)*

 

 

 

10.21

 

2013 Long Term Incentive Cash Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013)*

 

 

 

10.22

 

First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2015, by and among Community Choice Financial Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Ivy Funding Eleven, LLC, as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 2, 2015)

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Community Choice Financial Inc. Incorporated

 

 

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney with respect to Community Choice Financial Inc. (included in the signature pages hereto)

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”).

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) under the 1934 Act.

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOXA”).

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of SOXA.

 

 

 

101

 

Interactive Data File

 


*                                         Indicates a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

 

**                                  Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to our request for confidential treatment under Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

125



Table of Contents

 

COMMUNITY CHOICE FINANCIAL INC.

 

2015 ANNUAL REPORT

TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

ON FORM 10-K

 

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, there unto duly authorized on March 30, 2016.

 

COMMUNITY CHOICE FINANCIAL INC.

 

By

/s/ Michael Durbin

 

 

Name:

Michael Durbin

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

The undersigned directors and officers of Community Choice Financial Inc., an Ohio corporation, that is to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C., under the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, do hereby appoint each of William E. Saunders, Michael Durbin, and Bridgette C. Roman their true and lawful attorney, with power to act without the other and with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute for them and in their names said Form 10-K Report and any and all amendments thereto, whether said amendments add to, delete from or otherwise alter said Form 10-K Report, or add or withdraw any exhibits or schedules to be filed therewith and any and all instruments in connection therewith. The undersigned hereby grant to each said attorney full power and authority to do and perform in the name of and on behalf of the undersigned, and in any and all capacities, any act and thing whatsoever required or necessary to be done in connection with the foregoing, as fully and to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might do, hereby ratifying and approving the acts of each of the said attorneys.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ H. Eugene Lockhart

 

/s/ Andrew Rush

H. Eugene Lockhart, Lead Director

 

Andrew Rush, Director

 

 

 

/s/ Lee Wright

 

/s/ Michael Langer

Lee Wright, Director

 

Michael Langer, Director

 

 

 

/s/ Felix Lo

 

/s/ Eugene Schutt

Felix Lo, Director

 

Eugene Schutt, Director

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Witkowski

 

/s/ Jennifer Adams Baldock

Mark Witkowski, Director

 

Jennifer Adams Baldock, Director

 

 

 

/s/ William E. Saunders, Jr.

 

/s/ Michael Durbin

William E. Saunders, Jr., Chairman/Chief Executive Officer

 

Michael Durbin, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

126